US9809749B2 - Mesogenic compound, liquid-crystal medium and liquid crystal display - Google Patents
Mesogenic compound, liquid-crystal medium and liquid crystal display Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US9809749B2 US9809749B2 US14/785,500 US201414785500A US9809749B2 US 9809749 B2 US9809749 B2 US 9809749B2 US 201414785500 A US201414785500 A US 201414785500A US 9809749 B2 US9809749 B2 US 9809749B2
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- atoms
- compounds
- independently
- another
- alkyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
- 0 [1*]C1=CN=C(C2=CC(C)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound [1*]C1=CN=C(C2=CC(C)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 0.000 description 38
- WNQQYDVWIURCMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C2=C(F)/C(F)=C(C)\C=C\2C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C2=C(F)/C(F)=C(C)\C=C\2C=C1 WNQQYDVWIURCMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CUJZEZUKSJKTOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C/C2=C(CC(C)CC2)/C(F)=C\1F Chemical compound CC1=C/C2=C(CC(C)CC2)/C(F)=C\1F CUJZEZUKSJKTOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KMGDYKOGDOVDCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CCC(C)CC1 Chemical compound CC1=CCC(C)CC1 KMGDYKOGDOVDCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YEJCHVFCLNKZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1CCC(C)OC1 Chemical compound CC1CCC(C)OC1 YEJCHVFCLNKZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UWSMKYBKUPAEJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC(Cl)=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC(Cl)=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 UWSMKYBKUPAEJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MDWVSAYEQPLWMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)c1cc(Cc2cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c2)cc(C(C)(C)C)c1O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)c1cc(Cc2cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c2)cc(C(C)(C)C)c1O MDWVSAYEQPLWMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QFKGHDAQOJZVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 QFKGHDAQOJZVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NZNAAUDJKMURFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)CC(OC(=O)CC(C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)C(CC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)CC(C)(C)N1 Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(OC(=O)CC(C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)C(CC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)CC(C)(C)N1 NZNAAUDJKMURFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FIJHVABMDQDNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C2=C(C=C1)CC(C)C2(F)F Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C2=C(C=C1)CC(C)C2(F)F FIJHVABMDQDNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CROKKJCBPVRHHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)CC(C)CC1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)CC(C)CC1 CROKKJCBPVRHHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBXFIXSFKULBOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1 HBXFIXSFKULBOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WJAVYWPXOXAOBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1 WJAVYWPXOXAOBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IGSSOZDGTIPRGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)C=C1 IGSSOZDGTIPRGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DXRBFZCGSZKZTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)CC(C)CC2 Chemical compound CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)CC(C)CC2 DXRBFZCGSZKZTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IRWQXWNNBOXFPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 IRWQXWNNBOXFPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C)C=C1 XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHOOLJLEYYXKTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1 RHOOLJLEYYXKTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JBOCAIFDMLFOAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 JBOCAIFDMLFOAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RPMUDXVQHUECRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1COC(C)OC1 Chemical compound CC1COC(C)OC1 RPMUDXVQHUECRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZXGRGTYRGIURIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 ZXGRGTYRGIURIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYWNWBKVYHXGBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 KYWNWBKVYHXGBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEDIXKKRPCWXPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 FEDIXKKRPCWXPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SITYOOWCYAYOKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(O)COC1=CC(O)=C(C2=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=N2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(O)COC1=CC(O)=C(C2=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=N2)C=C1 SITYOOWCYAYOKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c1 Chemical compound Cc1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSOQDRZGMGKOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cc(O)c(C(C)(C)C)cc1C(c1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)cc1C)C(C)C Chemical compound Cc1cc(O)c(C(C)(C)C)cc1C(c1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)cc1C)C(C)C CSOQDRZGMGKOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QBWDHBFNZQIULO-UHFFFAOYSA-N FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C(F)(F)F.OB(O)C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C(F)(F)F.OB(O)C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 QBWDHBFNZQIULO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HYDNZBKWHVEKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N OB(O)C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1.OC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1.OO Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1.OC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1.OO HYDNZBKWHVEKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IPZOILJQRRNNQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N *.[H]C1(C2=C(F)C(F)=C(OC(C#C)CCCCC)C=C2)CCC(C2([H])CCC(CCC)CC2)CC1 Chemical compound *.[H]C1(C2=C(F)C(F)=C(OC(C#C)CCCCC)C=C2)CCC(C2([H])CCC(CCC)CC2)CC1 IPZOILJQRRNNQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTMXVTNVVYYOJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N *.[H]C1(CCCCC)CCC(C2=CC=C(COOC(COC(=O)C3=CC=C(C4([H])CCC(CCCCC)CC4)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C=C2)CC1 Chemical compound *.[H]C1(CCCCC)CCC(C2=CC=C(COOC(COC(=O)C3=CC=C(C4([H])CCC(CCCCC)CC4)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C=C2)CC1 DTMXVTNVVYYOJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BRIUVTZQHOZBJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C#CC.C=C(C)C(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(CCCC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)O.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC#CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C#CC)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(CCC)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C#CC.C=C(C)C(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(CCCC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)O.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC#CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C#CC)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(CCC)C=C2)C=C1 BRIUVTZQHOZBJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSAXSWDFXCZYQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1.CC1CCC(C)CC1.CC1CCC(C)OC1.CC1COC(C)OC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1 Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1.CC1CCC(C)CC1.CC1CCC(C)OC1.CC1COC(C)OC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1 HSAXSWDFXCZYQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYZPJNXBOYNJMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.CC1CCC(C)CC1.CC1CCC(C)OC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1.[H]C1(C)OCC(C)CO1 Chemical compound C.C.CC1CCC(C)CC1.CC1CCC(C)OC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1.[H]C1(C)OCC(C)CO1 TYZPJNXBOYNJMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJCBTAQMDVRQDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1CC2=C3N2C3C1 Chemical compound C1CC2=C3N2C3C1 CJCBTAQMDVRQDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQWGEYOMPGHMJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C/C=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)\C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)CC2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)C=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C/C=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)\C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)CC2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C/C=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)\C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)CC2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)C=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C/C=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)\C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)CC2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC2)C=C1 OQWGEYOMPGHMJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIIPAAIIPNRIAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C\C=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)/C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C\C=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)/C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)CC2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C\C=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)/C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC3=C\C=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)/C=C\3C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)CC2)C=C1 JIIPAAIIPNRIAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILSWORGSVAEBHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)CC2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)C=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(C3CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC3)CC2)C=C1.C=C(C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)C=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C3CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC3)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(COC(=O)C([H])=C)C=C2)C=C1.[H]C(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2CCC(COC(=O)C([H])=C)CC2)C=C1 ILSWORGSVAEBHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONZNUAWYXPMSLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(CCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3F)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(CCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3F)C=C2F)C=C1 ONZNUAWYXPMSLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABYQEFYQALXFFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2F)C=C1 ABYQEFYQALXFFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZTHZEIXGJKPKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(C)=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(C)=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 ZTHZEIXGJKPKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXAGQTJITTZANY-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(C)=O)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(C)=O)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 IXAGQTJITTZANY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHJFSKLYWPOTTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=C(C)C(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)C=C2F)C=C1 CHJFSKLYWPOTTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSWBPHBJQJAPGI-LPWNTOTGSA-N C=CC(=O)OC/C=C/CCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(OCCCCC/C=C/COC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.C=CC(=O)OCCC#CCCCOC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(OCCCC#CCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C(C)=C2)C=C1.C=CC(=O)OCCCC#CC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(C#CCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC/C=C/CCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(OCCCCC/C=C/COC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.C=CC(=O)OCCC#CCCCOC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(OCCCC#CCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C(C)=C2)C=C1.C=CC(=O)OCCCC#CC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(C#CCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 QSWBPHBJQJAPGI-LPWNTOTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRXLIKMLFJSQBJ-JXGYXAOLSA-N C=CC(=O)OCC/C=C\CCOC1CCC(C(F)(F)OC2=C(F)C(F)=C(C(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2)CC1.C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=C(F)C(F)=C(C(=O)CCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC/C=C\CCOC1CCC(C(F)(F)OC2=C(F)C(F)=C(C(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2)CC1.C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=C(F)C(F)=C(C(=O)CCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 KRXLIKMLFJSQBJ-JXGYXAOLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTROIGNTIFNNGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 RTROIGNTIFNNGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAAAOJWWJNLMSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(CCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3F)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(CCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3F)C=C2F)C=C1 NAAAOJWWJNLMSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRRXNWQZOZKBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 LRRXNWQZOZKBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTADLDSRVYDSKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 KTADLDSRVYDSKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CAIBFZOLWVFSGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C(=O)OC2=CC(C)=C(OC(=O)C3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C(=O)OC2=CC(C)=C(OC(=O)C3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 CAIBFZOLWVFSGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGDGEHQTADYMRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(C)=O)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC=C(CCCCCCOC(C)=O)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 UGDGEHQTADYMRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVJJPEKREGWPSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1 AVJJPEKREGWPSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFEBRVTUTPBXLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1.OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C2F)C=C1.OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1 NFEBRVTUTPBXLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEAXXTDNOGCRHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C(C(F)(F)F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C3=CC=C(OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C3)C(C(F)(F)F)=C2)C=C1 DEAXXTDNOGCRHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKOBUGCCXMIKDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(CCC(=O)NCCCCCCNC(=O)CCC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C2)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(CCC(=O)NCCCCCCNC(=O)CCC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C2)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1O OKOBUGCCXMIKDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNQNXQYZMPJLQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(CN2C(=O)N(CC3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C3)C(=O)N(CC3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C3)C2=O)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(CN2C(=O)N(CC3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C3)C(=O)N(CC3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C3)C2=O)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1O VNQNXQYZMPJLQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LHPPDQUVECZQSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 LHPPDQUVECZQSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGYNNTXLCRPTJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(CN2/N=C3/C=CC=C/C3=N/2)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(CN2/N=C3/C=CC=C/C3=N/2)=C1 AGYNNTXLCRPTJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSOYMOAPJZYXTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)c1cc(-c2cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c2)cc(C(C)(C)C)c1O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)c1cc(-c2cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c2)cc(C(C)(C)C)c1O GSOYMOAPJZYXTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PFEFOYRSMXVNEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)c1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)c1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c1 PFEFOYRSMXVNEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLFNXLXEGXRUOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1 OLFNXLXEGXRUOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWQKPIDPZSUMHR-UHFFFAOYSA-P CC(C)[NH2+]C(C)C.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1.[OH2+]C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)[NH2+]C(C)C.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1.[OH2+]C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 BWQKPIDPZSUMHR-UHFFFAOYSA-P 0.000 description 1
- RZBDRQWAIYNUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-P CC(C)[NH2+]C(C)C.OC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1.[OH2+]C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)[NH2+]C(C)C.OC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1.[OH2+]C1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 RZBDRQWAIYNUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-P 0.000 description 1
- OSWVCEHENAAMQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1CCC(C)CC1.CC1CCC(C2CCC(C)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC(C2CCC(C)CN2)CC1.CC1CCC(C2NCC(C)CN2)CC1.CC1CCC(CC2CCC(C)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC2CC(C)CCC2C1.CC1CCC2CC(C)NCC2C1.CC1CNC2CC(C)CCC2C1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1CCC(C)CC1.CC1CCC(C2CCC(C)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC(C2CCC(C)CN2)CC1.CC1CCC(C2NCC(C)CN2)CC1.CC1CCC(CC2CCC(C)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC2CC(C)CCC2C1.CC1CCC2CC(C)NCC2C1.CC1CNC2CC(C)CCC2C1 OSWVCEHENAAMQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRJDOJWGBHWSHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3)OC2=O)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3)OC2=O)C=C1.CC1CCC(C2CCC(C3CCC(C)CC3)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC(CC2CCC(CC3CCC(C)CC3)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC2C(CCC3CC(C)CCC32)C1.CC1CCC2CC3CC(C)CCC3CC2C1.[HH].[H]C1(C2CCC(C3CCC(C)C(C)C3C)CC2)CCC(C)CC1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3)OC2=O)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3)OC2=O)C=C1.CC1CCC(C2CCC(C3CCC(C)CC3)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC(CC2CCC(CC3CCC(C)CC3)CC2)CC1.CC1CCC2C(CCC3CC(C)CCC32)C1.CC1CCC2CC3CC(C)CCC3CC2C1.[HH].[H]C1(C2CCC(C3CCC(C)C(C)C3C)CC2)CCC(C)CC1 WRJDOJWGBHWSHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKPXMSJFEGXEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC.CCC1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(CC3=CC=C(CC)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC.CCC1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(CC3=CC=C(CC)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 YKPXMSJFEGXEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBDVWOVOKPBGIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC12CCC(C)(CC1)CC2.CC1=CC=C(C23CCC(C)(CC2)CC3)C=C1.CCC1(CC)CCC(C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)CC1.CCC1(CC)CCC(C2CCC(C)CC2)CC1.CCC1(CC)CCC(C2CCC(CC)(CC)CC2)CC1.CCC1CC2C3CC(CC)C(C3)C2C1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C)CC2)CC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(CC2([H])CCC(C)CC2)CC1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC12CCC(C)(CC1)CC2.CC1=CC=C(C23CCC(C)(CC2)CC3)C=C1.CCC1(CC)CCC(C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)CC1.CCC1(CC)CCC(C2CCC(C)CC2)CC1.CCC1(CC)CCC(C2CCC(CC)(CC)CC2)CC1.CCC1CC2C3CC(CC)C(C3)C2C1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C)CC2)CC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(CC2([H])CCC(C)CC2)CC1 YBDVWOVOKPBGIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMIVGJHUVSPDNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CCc1ccc(-c2ccc(CC)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CCc1ccc(-c2ccc(CC)cc2)cc1 OMIVGJHUVSPDNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHAYQKNYTOMPGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 DHAYQKNYTOMPGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQRQCDPXAASRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CCc1ccc(CC)cc1 Chemical compound CC.CCc1ccc(CC)cc1 LRQRQCDPXAASRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XITRBUPOXXBIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)CC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)CC(C)(C)N1 Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C2)CC(C)(C)N1 XITRBUPOXXBIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUUZOHQYQRTGTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)OB(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)OC1(C)C.FC1=CC(F)=CC(Br)=C1 Chemical compound CC1(C)OB(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)OC1(C)C.FC1=CC(F)=CC(Br)=C1 DUUZOHQYQRTGTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQQUYZJXTSKFFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)OB(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)OC1(C)C.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)C=C1F.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1F Chemical compound CC1(C)OB(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)OC1(C)C.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)C=C1F.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1F ZQQUYZJXTSKFFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIGAJFWLSWOXPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)OB(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(Cl)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1(C)OB(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(Cl)N=C1 CIGAJFWLSWOXPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYSJQUQJVBYIOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C(F)=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C(F)=C(C)C=C1 DYSJQUQJVBYIOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAWWDDCTLKNGTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 PAWWDDCTLKNGTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPBFKASEWQIZBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C=C(C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C=C(C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 LPBFKASEWQIZBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDXGQZSJWFZUEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C=C(C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C=C(C2=C(F)C=C(C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 PDXGQZSJWFZUEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIZAUJZQXLVACM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C=C(C2=CC=C(OF)C=C2F)C=C1F.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(CF)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C=C(C2=CC=C(OF)C=C2F)C=C1F.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(CF)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 MIZAUJZQXLVACM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HKFLIVWHKUWCCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(F)C=C(OF)C=C1F.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(CF)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(F)C=C(OF)C=C1F.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(CF)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1 HKFLIVWHKUWCCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVTFFHQEHMBPCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1 TVTFFHQEHMBPCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKGWJAHGDKYTOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2F)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 GKGWJAHGDKYTOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQNRFCWXTJSILZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 UQNRFCWXTJSILZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDWQLEOGTWAHNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1CCC(C)OC1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C)C=C1.CC1CCC(C)OC1 YDWQLEOGTWAHNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVHIDSAJTIMPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 YVHIDSAJTIMPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYQJZQRDKQRSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 KYQJZQRDKQRSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQCYSXKQISLJIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 ZQCYSXKQISLJIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCLRGCLTULRZJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 MCLRGCLTULRZJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYKKKUFZHGAJMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 CYKKKUFZHGAJMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXTGIUYDNWILQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 QXTGIUYDNWILQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQKJTSLXIXWHBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 OQKJTSLXIXWHBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZSQAYLWWKUZSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 GZSQAYLWWKUZSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEWCRICGALLCOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CN=C(C#N)N=C2)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CN=C(C#N)N=C2)C(F)=C1 PEWCRICGALLCOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAIWQWRUIMTNMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CN=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)N=C2)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(C2=CN=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)N=C2)C(F)=C1 BAIWQWRUIMTNMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCWYAOGCSZYYIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)C2=CC(F)=C(C)C=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC2=C(F)C=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 QCWYAOGCSZYYIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCPKSFINULVDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C=C1 MCPKSFINULVDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGYNBBAUIYTWBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC2=C/C=C(C)\C=C\2C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC2=C/C=C(C)\C=C\2C=C1 YGYNBBAUIYTWBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXALEVVTFUYPJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C(=O)OC2=CC(F)=C(C#N)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C(=O)OC2=CC(F)=C(C#N)C=C2)C=C1 SXALEVVTFUYPJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KQKUKGDNVATBCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 KQKUKGDNVATBCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPVPJFOUTKCZRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C(F)=C2)C=C1 LPVPJFOUTKCZRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKQWLGWSJALMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 SKQWLGWSJALMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUOBRWFSCXEFMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)C=C1 IUOBRWFSCXEFMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YWQRPSFIOWFLTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 YWQRPSFIOWFLTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMZTZZBYSDIMRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1 QMZTZZBYSDIMRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIOZXCQNZSBKGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1.OC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1.OC1=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C1 OIOZXCQNZSBKGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHSHKMXTMRWSNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2)N=C1 JHSHKMXTMRWSNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUNWWVRARXCNKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 VUNWWVRARXCNKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIVYTEYPIWORJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 CIVYTEYPIWORJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLPGBCBNJLNKQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 QLPGBCBNJLNKQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBNAADKRRIHTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 RBNAADKRRIHTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCZNJWMWHHHYEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 DCZNJWMWHHHYEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRCSAIUQZIUXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 XRCSAIUQZIUXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKYQEUWIPPTRBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C2=NC=C(C)C=N2)C=C1F Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C(F)=C2)N=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C2=NC=C(C)C=N2)C=C1F JKYQEUWIPPTRBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJYPMNZGHGWHSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(Cl)N=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)C=C1F.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C2=NC=C(C)C=N2)C=C1F Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(Cl)N=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(B2OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O2)C=C1F.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C2=NC=C(C)C=N2)C=C1F PJYPMNZGHGWHSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHNPWSGKZKIFID-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1CCC(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 Chemical compound CC1CCC(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 RHNPWSGKZKIFID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OOGIAOCMSLSMQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1CCC(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 Chemical compound CC1CCC(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 OOGIAOCMSLSMQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNOHNIPVHGINQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1CCC2CC(C)CCC2C1 Chemical compound CC1CCC2CC(C)CCC2C1 XNOHNIPVHGINQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOKMNSMDUQECGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1COC(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 Chemical compound CC1COC(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 GOKMNSMDUQECGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGEUKTWWRIEZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1COC(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 Chemical compound CC1COC(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)OC1 CGEUKTWWRIEZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGLBNFDKVMKBFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1COC(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)OC1 Chemical compound CC1COC(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)OC1 FGLBNFDKVMKBFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVLNEKGFNHMRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1COC(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)OC1 Chemical compound CC1COC(C2=CC=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C4=CC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C4)C=C3)C=C2)OC1 LVLNEKGFNHMRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)C Chemical compound CCC(C)C QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNJQGRFZQMOYGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C#N)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C#N)C=C2)C=C1 DNJQGRFZQMOYGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBUQBWQWNDKJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)COC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C#N)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCC(C)COC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C#N)C=C2)C=C1 WBUQBWQWNDKJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCMYETBLCKZIFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CCC(OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CCMYETBLCKZIFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGYBBDCWJQRDJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 GGYBBDCWJQRDJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIPHUJCVHADQRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 RIPHUJCVHADQRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIIHOCKJURFZDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 BIIHOCKJURFZDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZELDYFZDJQWWFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(F)(F)OC3=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 ZELDYFZDJQWWFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAWJTDDXSHMUAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 WAWJTDDXSHMUAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQIGJTYLEDYIFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)OC4=CC(F)=C(C)C(F)=C4)C(F)=C3)C=C2)N=C1 JQIGJTYLEDYIFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRNPBUGWEXCDTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 ZRNPBUGWEXCDTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNLGWMIACVJVBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC(CC)C3=CC=CC=C3)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC(CC)C3=CC=CC=C3)C=C2)C=C1 ZNLGWMIACVJVBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYXGONNSSYYHAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 HYXGONNSSYYHAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWMKDMUXVMJHII-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC(F)=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 JWMKDMUXVMJHII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYDSHVIPWYYRPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 ZYDSHVIPWYYRPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBPNERNZWCXPBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCC1=CN=C(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(OC(F)(F)F)C(F)=C3)C(F)=C2)N=C1 DBPNERNZWCXPBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQPMUQQIBYFTHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCC(C)OC(=O)C1=CC=C(OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCCC(C)OC(=O)C1=CC=C(OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2)C=C1 QQPMUQQIBYFTHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGZJUCCBJPCYQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCC(C)OC1=C(F)C=C(C2=CC=C(C34CCC(CCCCC)(CC3)CC4)C=C2)C=C1F Chemical compound CCCCCCC(C)OC1=C(F)C=C(C2=CC=C(C34CCC(CCCCC)(CC3)CC4)C=C2)C=C1F AGZJUCCBJPCYQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGGNQGYPVWIEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCC(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)OC2=CC=C(CCCCC)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCCC(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)OC2=CC=C(CCCCC)C=C2)C=C1 HGGNQGYPVWIEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ADJYXYZMZOQBHH-BWURLWDLSA-N CCCCCCC1=CC=C(C(C)=O)C=C1.[H][C@]12OC[C@@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=C(CCCCCC)C=C3)[C@@]1([H])OC[C@@H]2OC Chemical compound CCCCCCC1=CC=C(C(C)=O)C=C1.[H][C@]12OC[C@@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=C(CCCCCC)C=C3)[C@@]1([H])OC[C@@H]2OC ADJYXYZMZOQBHH-BWURLWDLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSMYELRXRQIDAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(O)COC1=CC(O)=C(C2=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=N2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(O)COC1=CC(O)=C(C2=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=NC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C)=N2)C=C1 PSMYELRXRQIDAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSIVCXJNIBEGCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCON1C(C)(C)CC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(OCCCCCCCC)C(C)(C)C2)CC1(C)C Chemical compound CCCCCCCCON1C(C)(C)CC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(OCCCCCCCC)C(C)(C)C2)CC1(C)C OSIVCXJNIBEGCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRLSTWVLSWCGBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCSC1=NC(NC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C2)=NC(SCCCCCCCC)=N1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCSC1=NC(NC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C2)=NC(SCCCCCCCC)=N1 QRLSTWVLSWCGBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUPCFMITFBVJMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1C(C)(C)CC(OC(=O)CC(C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)C(CC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)CC1(C)C Chemical compound CN1C(C)(C)CC(OC(=O)CC(C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)C(CC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)C(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)CC1(C)C WUPCFMITFBVJMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSOILICUEWXSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1C(C)(C)CC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)CC1(C)C Chemical compound CN1C(C)(C)CC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC2CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C2)CC1(C)C RSOILICUEWXSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSOVCVRYTSGFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CO.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1F.O=C(O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1F.O=S(=O)(O)O Chemical compound CO.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1F.O=C(O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1F.O=S(=O)(O)O VSOVCVRYTSGFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJRDRFZCRQNLJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(=O)CCC1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound COC(=O)CCC1=CC(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 UJRDRFZCRQNLJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUSQYFWCMTWDBU-YROGEIKOSA-N COC1C[C@H](OC)[C@H](OC)CO1.COC1OC[C@@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@@H]1OC.COC1OC[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@H]1OC.CO[C@@H]1[C@H](OC)OC[C@@H](OC)[C@H]1OC.CO[C@H]1O[C@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@@H]1OC Chemical compound COC1C[C@H](OC)[C@H](OC)CO1.COC1OC[C@@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@@H]1OC.COC1OC[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@H]1OC.CO[C@@H]1[C@H](OC)OC[C@@H](OC)[C@H]1OC.CO[C@H]1O[C@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@@H]1OC VUSQYFWCMTWDBU-YROGEIKOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBPMAFPTGJZUSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cc(O)c(C(C)(C)C)cc1Cc1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)cc1C Chemical compound Cc1cc(O)c(C(C)(C)C)cc1Cc1cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)cc1C CBPMAFPTGJZUSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQAVGLIZSGEMSE-UHFFFAOYSA-M FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1.FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C1=[S+]CCCS1.O=S(=O)([O-])C(F)(F)F Chemical compound FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1.FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C1=[S+]CCCS1.O=S(=O)([O-])C(F)(F)F VQAVGLIZSGEMSE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VUUPBZFPKRYYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1.OCCCCC#CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C#CCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound FC1=CC(Br)=CC(F)=C1C(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1.OCCCCC#CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C#CCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1 VUUPBZFPKRYYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NYRAVQWKXFRDNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N OB(c1cc(F)c(C(F)(F)F)c(F)c1)O Chemical compound OB(c1cc(F)c(C(F)(F)F)c(F)c1)O NYRAVQWKXFRDNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQNCOSAJQCGUGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCCCCC#CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C#CCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1.OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1 Chemical compound OCCCCC#CC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(C#CCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1.OCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)C2=C(F)C=C(CCCCCCO)C=C2F)C=C1 WQNCOSAJQCGUGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGDNMOQTWQTKIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[H]C1(c2cc(F)c(C(C)CCCCCC)c(F)c2)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C=C=C=C=C)CC2)CC1 Chemical compound [HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[HH].[H]C1(c2cc(F)c(C(C)CCCCCC)c(F)c2)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C=C=C=C=C)CC2)CC1 FGDNMOQTWQTKIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOPGCKHHPDGLBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N [HH].[H]C1(c2cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c2)CCC(C)CC1 Chemical compound [HH].[H]C1(c2cc(C(C)(C)C)c(O)c(C(C)(C)C)c2)CCC(C)CC1 WOPGCKHHPDGLBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRMPKOFEUHIBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1 QRMPKOFEUHIBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYUMDZOYBCOMBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C)CC2)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(C)CCC(C)CC1.[H]C1(C)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C)CC2)CC1 BYUMDZOYBCOMBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVPRNJZPEWFASG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(C)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C(=O)OCOC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(C)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C(=O)OCOC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)CC1 KVPRNJZPEWFASG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVFHAGRUIVTMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C=C3)C=C2)CCC(C)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3=CC(F)=C(C#N)C=C3)C=C2)CCC(C)CC1 ZVFHAGRUIVTMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIISAHAZOLMYOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C3)C=C2)CCC(CCC)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC3CC(C)(C)NC(C)(C)C3)C=C2)CCC(CCC)CC1 PIISAHAZOLMYOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFNFRBSHFMMIOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(CCC)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C3=CC=C(CC(C)CC)C=C3)CC2)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(CCC)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C3=CC=C(CC(C)CC)C=C3)CC2)CC1 FFNFRBSHFMMIOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEDJXJZUJMTWBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(CCC)CCC(C2COC3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C=C3)C3=C(C=CC4=CC=CC=C43)OC2)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(CCC)CCC(C2COC3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C=C3)C3=C(C=CC4=CC=CC=C43)OC2)CC1 PEDJXJZUJMTWBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZBZPFOOPQLWSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]C1(CCCCC)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)CC1 Chemical compound [H]C1(CCCCC)CCC(C2([H])CCC(C(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C)CC2)CC1 AZBZPFOOPQLWSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTVRYZXVVMZHHW-DPAQBDIFSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](Cl)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](Cl)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@@]21[H] OTVRYZXVVMZHHW-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCLNGBQPTVENHV-MKQVXYPISA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCC)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCC)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@@]21[H] WCLNGBQPTVENHV-MKQVXYPISA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/34—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
- C09K19/3441—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having nitrogen as hetero atom
- C09K19/345—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having nitrogen as hetero atom the heterocyclic ring being a six-membered aromatic ring containing two nitrogen atoms
- C09K19/3458—Uncondensed pyrimidines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/02—Liquid crystal materials characterised by optical, electrical or physical properties of the components, in general
- C09K19/0275—Blue phase
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/062—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing one non-condensed benzene ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/34—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
- C09K19/3441—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having nitrogen as hetero atom
- C09K19/345—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having nitrogen as hetero atom the heterocyclic ring being a six-membered aromatic ring containing two nitrogen atoms
- C09K19/3458—Uncondensed pyrimidines
- C09K19/3469—Pyrimidine with a specific end-group other than alkyl, alkoxy or -C*-
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/42—Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
- C09K19/46—Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40 containing esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
- C09K19/542—Macromolecular compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/58—Dopants or charge transfer agents
- C09K19/586—Optically active dopants; chiral dopants
- C09K19/588—Heterocyclic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/137—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K2019/0444—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group
- C09K2019/0448—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group the end chain group being a polymerizable end group, e.g. -Sp-P or acrylate
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K2019/0444—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group
- C09K2019/0466—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group the linking chain being a -CF2O- chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/12—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
- C09K2019/121—Compounds containing phenylene-1,4-diyl (-Ph-)
- C09K2019/123—Ph-Ph-Ph
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/20—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
- C09K19/2007—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers the chain containing -COO- or -OCO- groups
- C09K2019/2035—Ph-COO-Ph
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/20—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
- C09K19/2007—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers the chain containing -COO- or -OCO- groups
- C09K2019/2042—Ph-Ph-COO-Ph
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/30—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
- C09K19/3001—Cyclohexane rings
- C09K19/3066—Cyclohexane rings in which the rings are linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms, e.g. esters or ethers
- C09K19/3068—Cyclohexane rings in which the rings are linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms, e.g. esters or ethers chain containing -COO- or -OCO- groups
- C09K2019/3083—Cy-Ph-COO-Ph
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/34—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
- C09K19/3402—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having oxygen as hetero atom
- C09K2019/3422—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having oxygen as hetero atom the heterocyclic ring being a six-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
- C09K19/542—Macromolecular compounds
- C09K2019/548—Macromolecular compounds stabilizing the alignment; Polymer stabilized alignment
Definitions
- the present invention relates to compounds, media comprising these compounds and to electro-optical displays comprising these media as light modulation media.
- the compounds of the present invention are mesogenic compounds and they are preferably used in liquid crystalline media.
- the electro-optical displays according to the present invention are displays, which are operated at a temperature, at which the mesogenic modulation media are in an optically isotropic phase, preferably in a blue phase.
- Electro-optical displays and mesogenic light modulation media, which are in the isotropic phase when being operated in the display are described in DE 102 17 273 A. Electro-optical displays, and mesogenic light modulation media, which are in the optically isotropic blue phase, when being operated in the display are described in WO 2004/046 805.
- EP 2 302 015 A1 shows the use of
- JP 2005-015473 A discloses polymerisable compounds containing unsaturated spacer groups (alkynylene or alkenylene).
- Specific compounds of the formulae 1-13-77 to 1-13-84, 1-13-134, 1-13-135, 1-56-9, 1-56-10, 1-56-23, 1-56-24 which contain phenyl rings linked via CF 2 O bridges are also disclosed therein, as is the use thereof for the production of optically anisotropic films and in ferroelectric LC media.
- Specific compounds, for example having the following structures, are also disclosed therein.
- the mesogenic media and displays described in these references provide several significant advantages compared to well-known and widely used displays using liquid crystals in the nematic phase, like for example liquid crystal displays (LCDs) operating in the twisted nematic (TN)-, the super twisted nematic (STN)-, the electrically controlled birefringence (ECB)-mode with its various modifications and the in-plane switching (IPS)-mode.
- LCDs liquid crystal displays
- STN super twisted nematic
- ECB electrically controlled birefringence
- IPS in-plane switching
- the displays of DE 102 17 273.0 and WO 2004/046 805 are much easier to manufacture. For example, they do not require a very thin cell gap and in addition the electro-optical effect is not very sensitive to small variations of the cell gap.
- liquid crystal media described in these patent applications mentioned still require operating voltages, which are not low enough for some applications. Further the operating voltages of these media vary with temperature, and it is generally observed, that at a certain temperature the voltage dramatically increases with increasing temperature. This limits the applicability of liquid crystal media in the blue phase for display applications.
- a further disadvantage of the liquid crystal media described in these patent applications is their moderate reliability which is insufficient for very demanding applications. This moderate reliability may be for example expressed in terms of the voltage holding ratio (VHR) parameter, which in liquid crystal media as described above may be below 90%.
- VHR voltage holding ratio
- Some compounds and compositions have been reported which possess a blue phase between the cholesteric phase and the isotropic phase that can usually be observed by optical microscopy. These compounds or compositions for which the blue phases are observed are typically single mesogenic compounds or mixtures showing a high chirality. However, generally the blue phases observed only extend over a very small temperature range, which is typically less than 1 degree centigrade wide, and/or the blue phase is located at rather inconvenient temperatures.
- the light modulation medium to be used has to be in the blue phase over a broad range of temperatures encompassing ambient temperature, however.
- a light modulation medium possessing a blue phase which is as wide as possible and conveniently located is required. Therefore there is a strong need for a modulation medium with a blue phase with a wide phase range, which may be achieved either by an appropriate mixture of mesogenic compounds themselves or, preferably by mixing a host mixture with appropriate mesogenic properties with a single dopant or a mixture of dopants that stabilises the blue phase over a wide temperature range.
- liquid crystal media which can be operated in liquid crystal displays, which are operated at temperatures where the media is in the blue phase, which provide the following technical improvements:
- mesogenic media exhibiting a blue phase and comprising
- component A consisting of one or more compounds of formula I-Z
- R 1 , L 1 and X 1 have the respective meanings given under formula I-Z above amongst which chiral compounds are encompassed, too, allow to realize media with an acceptably high clearing point and/or a rather high stability of the voltage holding ratio against temperature and/or UV-load and in particular against the latter.
- the resultant media are characterized by an extremely high value of ⁇ , a very high value of product ( ⁇ n) and also by a favourably low viscosity and a good stability at deep temperatures.
- One aspect of the present invention are compounds of formula I-Z
- the mesogenic media comprise one or both of components selected from the following components, components A and B, preferably in a total concentration of 10% or more to 45% or less.
- the media comprise components A and/or B in a total concentration from 15% or more, preferably from 20% or more and most preferably from 25% or more to 45% or less.
- the mesogenic media comprise component A preferably in a total concentration from 5% or more, preferably from 7% or more to 20% or less, preferably to 15% or less and component B preferably in a concentration of 10% or more, preferably of 15% or more to 30% or less, preferably to 25% or less.
- the mesogenic media comprise one or more compounds of formula I-Z selected from the group of formulae I-Z-1 to I-Z-6, particularly preferably of formulae I-Z-2 and/or I-Z-4, most preferably of formula I-Z-3
- R 1 has the meaning given under formula I-Z above.
- the mesogenic media comprise components A and, if present, B in a total concentration from 15% or more, preferably from 20% or more and most preferably from 25% or more to 45% or less.
- the mesogenic media comprise component A preferably in a total concentration from 10% or more, preferably of 15% or more to 30% or less, preferably to 25% or less and component B preferably in a concentration from 5% or more, preferably from 10% or more to 30% or less, preferably to 25% or less.
- the mesogenic media preferably comprise one more compounds of formula I-A, preferably in a concentration of 1% to 15%, most preferably in a concentration of 2% to 8%.
- the mesogenic media comprise, additionally or alternatively to the compound or compounds of formula I-A, one more compounds of formula I-E
- the mesogenic media preferably comprise one more compounds of formula I-E-1, preferably in a concentration of 2% to 15%,
- R 0 has the meaning given under formula I-E above and preferably is n-alkyl, most preferably ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl or n-heptyl, most preferably ethyl or n-propyl.
- the compounds selected from the group of formulae I-A and I-E constitute the optional third component, component C of the media according to the present application.
- the mesogenic media comprise all three components, components A to C, preferably in a total concentration from 15% or more, preferably from 20% or more to 50% or less, preferably to 45% or less.
- R 1 has the meaning given under formula I-U above and L 1 is H or F, preferably F.
- the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula I-T selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-T-1 and I-T-2
- R 1 has the meaning given under formula I-U above and L 1 is H or F, preferably F.
- the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula I-N selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-N-1 and I-N-2
- mesogenic media which are comprising, additionally to the compound or the compounds of formulae I-M and/or I-U and optionally I-A, and/or I-T and/or I-N and/or I-E, or of their respective preferred sub-formulae, one or more compounds of formula II
- the compounds of formula II are selected from the group of compounds of formulae II-1 and II-2
- R 2 and X 2 have the respective meanings given under formula II above and the polar terminal group X 2 in formula II-1 preferably is CF 3 and in formula II-2 it preferably is F.
- R 3 has the meaning given for R 1 under formula I-U above and the polar end group preferably is F.
- the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula III, preferably one or more compounds wherein R 3 has the meaning given under formula III above and more preferably is n-alkyl, more preferably ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl or n-hexyl and, most preferably n-butyl.
- media according to the present invention additionally comprise one more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae IV and V
- the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula II, preferably selected from the group of compounds of its sub-formulae II-1 to II-8, preferably of formula II-1 to II-4, most preferably of formula II-3,
- R 2 has the meaning given under formula II above and preferably is n-butyl or n-pentyl.
- the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula IV, preferably selected from the group of compounds of its sub-formulae IV-1 to IV-4, preferably of formulae IV-3 and/or IV-4,
- R 4 has the meaning given under formula IV above.
- the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula V, preferably selected from the group of compounds of its sub-formulae V-1 and V-2, preferably one or more compounds of formula V-1 and one or more compounds of formula V-2,
- R 5 and L 5 have the meanings given under formula V above.
- An alkyl or an alkoxy radical i.e. an alkyl where the terminal CH 2 group is replaced by —O—, in this application may be straight-chain or branched. It is preferably straight-chain, has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms and accordingly is preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy, heptoxy, or octoxy, furthermore nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, nonoxy, decoxy, undecoxy, dodecoxy, tridecoxy or tetradecoxy, for example.
- alkenyl group i.e. an alkyl group wherein one or more CH 2 groups are replaced by —CH ⁇ CH—
- alkenyl groups are C 2 -C 7 -1E-alkenyl, C 4 -C 7 -3E-alkenyl, C 5 -C 7 -4-alkenyl, C 6 -C 7 -5-alkenyl and C 7 -6-alkenyl, in particular C 2 -C 7 -1E-alkenyl, C 4 -C 7 -3E-alkenyl and C 5 -C 7 -4-alkenyl.
- alkenyl groups are vinyl, 1E-propenyl, 1E-butenyl, 1E-pentenyl, 1E-hexenyl, 1E-heptenyl, 3-butenyl, 3E-pentenyl, 3E-hexenyl, 3E-heptenyl, 4-pentenyl, 4Z-hexenyl, 4E-hexenyl, 4Z-heptenyl, 5-hexenyl, 6-heptenyl and the like. Groups having up to 5 C-atoms are generally preferred.
- these radicals are preferably neighboured. Accordingly these radicals together form a carbonyloxy group —CO—O— or an oxycarbonyl group —O—CO—.
- an alkyl group is straight-chain and has 2 to 6 C atoms.
- a alkyl or alkenyl group that is monosubstituted by CN or CF 3 is preferably straight-chain.
- the substitution by CN or CF 3 can be in any desired position.
- alkyl or alkenyl group that is at least monosubstituted by halogen it is preferably straight-chain.
- Halogen is preferably F or Cl, in case of multiple substitution preferably F.
- the resulting groups include also perfluorinated groups.
- the F or Cl substituent can be in any desired position, but is preferably in co-position.
- Examples for especially preferred straight-chain groups with a terminal F substituent are fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5-fluoropentyl, 6-fluorohexyl and 7-fluoroheptyl. Other positions of F are, however, not excluded.
- Halogen means F, Cl, Br and I and is preferably F or Cl, most preferably F.
- Each of R 1 to R 5 and R 0 may be a polar or a non-polar group. In case of a polar group, it is preferably selected from CN, SF 5 , halogen, OCH 3 , SCN, COR 5 , COOR 5 or a mono- oligo- or polyfluorinated alkyl or alkoxy group with 1 to 4 C atoms.
- R 5 is optionally fluorinated alkyl with 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3 C atoms.
- polar groups are selected of F, Cl, CN, OCH 3 , COCH 3 , COC 2 H 5 , COOCH 3 , COOC 2 H 5 , CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, OCF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCH 2 F, C 2 F 5 and OC 2 F 5 , in particular F, Cl, CN, CF 3 , OCHF 2 and OCF 3 .
- a non-polar group it is preferably alkyl with up to 15 C atoms or alkoxy with 2 to 15 C atoms.
- R 1 to R 5 and R 0 may be an achiral or a chiral group.
- a chiral group it is preferably of formula I*:
- the O atom is preferably adjacent to the chiral C atom.
- Preferred chiral groups of formula I* are 2-alkyl, 2-alkoxy, 2-methylalkyl, 2-methylalkoxy, 2-fluoroalkyl, 2-fluoroalkoxy, 2-(2-ethin)-alkyl, 2-(2-ethin)-alkoxy, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-alkyl and 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-alkoxy.
- achiral branched alkyl group may occasionally be of importance, for example, due to a reduction in the tendency towards crystallization.
- Branched groups of this type generally do not contain more than one chain branch.
- the liquid crystalline media according to the present invention comprise one or more reactive compounds, respectively polymerisable compounds, each comprising one, two or more reactive groups, respectively polymerizable groups.
- the mesogenic material preferably is stabilized in the blue phase by the formation of a polymer, which may have the form of a matrix or of a network.
- the temperature range of typical materials which are exhibiting a pure blue phase (BP) on their own, generally is not wide enough.
- Such material ly typically have a blue phase, which extends over a small temperature range of only some degrees, e.g. about 3 to 4°.
- an additional stabilisation extending the temperature range of the blue phase, is needed in order to make such material suitable for practical applications such as in displays.
- the formulated blue phase host mixture is conveniently combined with an appropriate chiral dopant (one or more suitable chiral compounds) and with one or more reactive compounds, preferably reactive mesogenic compounds (RMs).
- the resultant mixture is filled into the LC cell respectively display panel.
- the LC cell/panel is then held at a certain temperature at which the mixture is in the blue phase, e.g. it is heated or cooled until blue phase can be observed at a certain temperature. This temperature is maintained during the whole polymerisation process.
- the polymerisation process is typically controlled by UV irradiation of a typical medium-pressure mercury-vapour lamp.
- a standard condition is e.g. use of 3 mW/cm 2 for 180 sec. at a wavelength of 380 nm.
- appropriate optical filters can be used additionally.
- Ensuring an excellent quality of the polymer stabilisation is critical for use of PS-BP in a display application.
- the quality of polymer stabilization is the judged by several criteria.
- Optical inspection ensures a good polymerisation. Any defect and/or haziness observed in the test cell/panel is an indication of an suboptimal polymer stabilisation.
- Electro-optical inspection under various load/stress conditions ensures long-time stability of the PS-BP.
- a typical display parameter is the so-called memory effect (ME).
- ME memory effect
- the memory effect is defined as the ratio of the contrast ratio for switching on and of the contrast ratio for switching off as a normalized measure of the residual transmission after one or more switching cycles have been executed.
- a value for this memory effect of 1.0 is an indicator of an excellent polymer stabilisation.
- a value for this memory effect of more than 1.1 indicates insufficient stabilisation of the blue phase.
- the present invention further relates to an LC medium comprising of the formula I-Z and one or more compounds selected from the group of the compounds of the formulae I-M and/or I-U and optionally of the group of formulae I-A, I-E, I-T, I-N, II, III, IV and V, a chiral dopant and one or more compounds of the formula P P a —(Sp a ) s1 -(A 1 -Z 1 ) n1 -A 2 -Q-A 3 -(Z 4 -A 4 ) n2 -(Sp b ) s2 -P b P wherein the individual radicals have the following meanings: P a , P b each, independently of one another, are a polymerisable group, Sp a , Sp b each, independently of one another, denote a spacer group, s1, s2 each, independently of one another, denote 0 or 1, n1, n2 each, independently of one
- L in each occurrence, identically or differently, has one of the meanings indicated above and below, r denotes 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, s denotes 0, 1, 2 or 3, and n denotes an integer between 1 and 24, preferably between 1 and 12, very particularly preferably between 2 and 8, and in which, if a radical is not indicated at the end of a single or double bond, it is a terminal CH 3 or CH 2 group.
- the group A 2 -Q-A 3 preferably denotes a group of the formula
- P a and P b in the compounds of the formula P and the sub-formulae thereof preferably denote acrylate or methacrylate, furthermore fluoroacrylate.
- Sp a and Sp b in the compounds of the formula I and the sub-formulae thereof preferably denote a radical selected from the group consisting of —(CH 2 ) p1 —, —(CH 2 ) p1 —O—, —(CH 2 ) p1 —O—CO— and —(CH 2 ) p1 —O—CO—O— and mirror images thereof, in which p1 denotes an integer from 1 to 12, preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferably 1, 2 or 3, where these groups are linked to P a or P b in such a way that O atoms are not directly adjacent.
- P a , P b , Sp a , Sp b , s1 and s2 are as defined under formula P above, and preferably Sp a/b is alkylene —(CH 2 ) n — wherein n preferably is 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 and P a/b preferably a methacrylat- or acrylate moiety.
- n preferably is 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7
- P a/b preferably a methacrylat- or acrylate moiety.
- compounds selected from the group of formulae Pa, Pb, Pc, Pd, Pe, Pf, Pg, Ph and Pi and, in particular the compounds of formula Pa.
- preferably at least one of the two phenylene rings is substituted by at least one L, which is different from H, wherein r is independently for each ring, and preferably it is for each ring 0, 1 or 2.
- P a and P b are, independently from each other, acrylate or methacrylate, but also fluoroacrylate,
- Sp a and Sp b are, independently from each other, —(CH 2 ) p1 —, —(CH 2 ) p1 —O—, —O—(CH 2 ) p1 —, —(CH 2 ) p1 —O—CO—, —CO—O—(CH 2 ) p1 —, —(CH 2 ) p1 —O—CO—O— or —(CH 2 ) p1 —O—CO—O—, wherein p1 is an integer from 1 to 12, preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferred 1, 2 or 3, and wherein these moieties are linked with P a or P b in such a way that no O-atoms are linked directly to on another.
- —P a and P b are vinyleoxy-, acrylate-, methacrylata-, fluoroacrylate-, chloroacrylate-, oxetane- or an epoxy group, particularly preferred acrylate- or methacrylate,
- the polymerisable compounds are polymerised or crosslinked, in case one compound contains or more compounds contain two or more polymerisable groups, by in-situ polymerisation in the LC medium between the substrates of the LC display with application of a voltage.
- the polymerisation can be carried out in one step. It is preferable to carry out the polymerisation at a temperature at which the material, i.e. the mesogenic mixture comprising the chiral compounds and the polymer precursor are in the blue phase.
- Suitable and preferred polymerisation methods are, for example, thermal or photopolymerisation, preferably photopolymerisation, in particular UV photopolymerisation.
- One or more initiators can optionally also be added here.
- Suitable conditions for the polymerisation and suitable types and amounts of initiators are known to the person skilled in the art and are described in the literature.
- Suitable for free-radical polymerisation are, for example, the commercially available photoinitiators Irgacure651®, Irgacure184®, Irgacure907®, Irgacure369® or Darocure1173® (Ciba AG). If an initiator is employed, its proportion is preferably 0.001 to 5% by weight, particularly preferably 0.001 to 1% by weight.
- the polymerisable compounds according to the invention are also suitable for polymerisation without an initiator, which is accompanied by considerable advantages, such as, for example, lower material costs and in particular less contamination of the LC medium by possible residual amounts of the initiator or degradation products thereof.
- the polymerisation can thus also be carried out without the addition of an initiator.
- the LC medium thus comprises no polymerisation initiator.
- the polymerisable component or the LC medium may also comprise one or more stabilisers in order to prevent undesired spontaneous polymerisation of the RMs, for example during storage or transport.
- Suitable types and amounts of stabilisers are known to the person skilled in the art and are described in the literature. Particularly suitable are, for example, the commercially available stabilisers from the Irganox® series (Ciba AG), such as, for example, Irganox® 1076. If stabilisers are employed, their proportion, based on the total amount of RMs or the polymerisable component, is preferably in the range from 10 to 10,000 ppm, particularly preferably in the range from 50 to 2,000 ppm, most preferably 0.2% or about 0.2%.
- the polymerisable compounds of formula P used preferably according to the present invention can be polymerised individually, but it is also possible to polymerise mixtures which comprise two or more polymerisable compounds according to the invention, or mixtures comprising one or more polymerisable compounds according to the invention and one or more further polymerisable compounds (comonomers), which are preferably mesogenic or liquid-crystalline. In the case of polymerisation of such mixtures, copolymers form. A mixture of two or more compounds according to the invention or a mixture comprising one or more compounds according to the invention with one or more further polymerisable compounds is preferably used.
- the invention furthermore relates to the polymerisable mixtures mentioned above and below.
- the polymerisable compounds and comonomers are mesogenic or non-mesogenic, preferably mesogenic or liquid-crystalline.
- Suitable and preferred co-monomers for use in polymer precursors for polymer stabilised displays according to the invention are selected, for example, from the following formulae:
- Suitable and preferred co-monomers for use in displays according to the present application operable and/or operating at a temperature where the mesogenic medium is in the blue are for example selected from the group of mono-reactive compounds, which are present in the precursor of the polymer stabilised systems in a concentration in the range from 1 to 9 wt.-%, particularly preferred from 4 to 7 wt.-%.
- Preferred mono-reactive compounds are the compounds of formulae M1 bis M29, wherein one or more of P 1 -Sp 1 - and P 2 -Sp 2 - are Rest R aa , such that the compounds have a single reactive group only.
- Particularly preferred mono-reactive compounds are the compounds of the following formulae
- LC medium an LC display, a process or the use as described above and below in which the LC medium or the polymerisable or polymerised component present therein comprises one or more compounds of the following formula:
- r denotes 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4
- Z 2 and Z 3 each, independently of one another, denote —CF 2 —O— or —O—CF 2 —, preferably Z 2 is —CF 2 —O— and Z 3 is —O—CF 2 — or vice versa, and, most preferably, Z 2 is —CF 2 —O— and Z 3 is —O—CF 2 —.
- liquid crystalline media according to the instant invention contain a component A comprising, preferably predominantly consisting of and most preferably entirely consisting of compounds of formula I.
- compositions that the entity referred to, e.g. the medium or the component, contains the compound or compounds in question, preferably in a total concentration of 10% or more and most preferably of 20% or more.
- Predominantly consisting of means that the entity referred to contains 80% or more, preferably 90% or more and most preferably 95% or more of the compound or compounds in question.
- Entirely consisting of in this context, means that the entity referred to contains 98% or more, preferably 99% or more and most preferably 100.0% of the compound or compounds in question.
- the concentration of the compounds according to the present application contained in the media according to the present application preferably is in the range from 0.5% or more to 70% or less, more preferably in the range from 1% or more to 60% or less and most preferably in the range from 5% or more to 50% or less.
- the inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-Z, and I-M and/or I-U, preferably in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 35% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 25% or less and most preferably from 10% or more to 20% or less.
- inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-Z in a total concentration in the range from 4% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 5% or more to 20% or less and most preferably from 6% or more to 15% or less.
- inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-M in a total concentration in the range from 4% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 5% or more to 20% or less and most preferably from 6% or more to 15% or less.
- inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-U in a total concentration in the range from 4% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 5% or more to 20% or less and most preferably from 6% or more to 15% or less.
- the inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-T and I-N and optionally I-A and/or I-E, preferably in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 70% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 50% or less and most preferably from 20% or more to 40% or less.
- inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-T in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 60% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 50% or less and most preferably from 12% or more to 40% or less.
- inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-N in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 40% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 30% or less and most preferably from 11% or more to 25% or less.
- total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 3% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 4% or more to 15% or less and most preferably from 5% or more to 11% or less.
- the total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 1% or more to 35% or less, preferably from 3% or more to 30% or less and most preferably from 4% or more to 25% or less.
- the total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 1% or more to 35% or less, preferably from 3% or more to 30% or less and most preferably from 4% or more to 25% or less.
- the total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 1% or more to 15% or less, preferably from 2% or more to 10% or less and most preferably from 5% or more to 8% or less.
- Suitable chiral compounds are those, which have an absolute value of the helical twisting power of 20 ⁇ m ⁇ 1 or more, preferably of 40 ⁇ m ⁇ 1 or more and most preferably of 60 ⁇ m ⁇ 1 or more.
- the HTP is measured in the liquid crystalline medium MLC-6260 at a temperature of 20° C.
- the mesogenic media according to the present invention comprise preferably one or more chiral compounds which have a mesogenic structure and exhibit preferably one or more meso-phases themselves, particularly at least one cholesteric phase.
- Preferred chiral compounds being comprised in the mesogenic media are, amongst others, well known chiral dopants like cholesteryl-nonanoate (also short CN), R/S-811, R/S-1011, R/S-2011, R/S-3011, R/S-4011, R/S-5011, CB-15 (all Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany).
- chiral dopants having one or more chiral moieties and one or more mesogenic groups or having one or more aromatic or alicyclic moieties forming, together with the chiral moiety, a mesogenic group. More preferred are chiral moieties and mesogenic chiral compounds disclosed in DE 34 25 503, DE 35 34 777, DE 35 34 778, DE 35 34 779, DE 35 34 780, DE 43 42 280, EP 01 038 941 and DE 195 41 820 that disclosure is incorporated within this application by way of reference.
- chiral binaphthyl derivatives as disclosed in EP 01 111 954.2, chiral binaphthol derivatives as disclosed in WO 02/34739, chiral TADDOL derivatives as disclosed in WO 02/06265 as well as chiral dopants having at least one fluorinated linker and one end chiral moiety or one central chiral moiety as disclosed in WO 02/06196 and WO 02/06195.
- the mesogenic medium of the present invention has a characteristic temperature, preferably a clearing point, in the range from about +30° C. to about 90° C., especially up to about 70° C. or even 80° C.
- the inventive mixtures preferably contain one or more (two, three, four or more) chiral compounds in the range of 1-25 wt.-%, preferably 2-20 wt.-%, each. Especially preferred are mixtures containing 3-15 wt.-% total of one or more chiral compounds.
- the compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U, I-A, I-E, I-N, I-T, and II to V are colourless, stable and readily miscible with one another and with other liquid-crystalline materials.
- the optimum mixing ratio of the compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M and/or I-U and optionally I-A, I-E, I-N and I-T, and II to V depends substantially on the desired properties, on the choice of the components of the formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U and/or I-A and/or I-E and/or I-N and/or I-T, and/or II to V, and on the choice of any other components that may be present. Suitable mixing ratios within the range given above can easily be determined from case to case.
- the total amount of compounds of the respective individual formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U, I-A, I-E, I-N and I-T a in the mixtures according to the invention is in many cases not crucial, as long as the total amount of compounds is 85% or more.
- the mixtures can therefore comprise one or more further components for the purposes of optimisation of various properties.
- the observed effect on the operating voltage and the operating temperature range is generally greater, the higher the total concentration of compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M and/or I-U and optionally I-A and/or I-E and/or I-N and/or I-T.
- the individual compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U, I-A, I-E, I-N, I-T, and II to V which can be preferably used in the media according to the invention, are either known or can be prepared analogously to the known compounds.
- the construction of the MLC display according to the invention from polarisers, electrode base plates and surface-treated electrodes corresponds to the conventional construction for displays of this type.
- the term conventional construction is broadly drawn here and also covers all derivatives and modifications of the MLC display, in particular including matrix display elements based on poly-Si TFT or MIM, however, particularly preferred are displays, which have electrodes on just one of the substrates, i.e. so called inter-digital electrodes, as those used in IPS displays, preferably in one of the established structures.
- a significant difference between the displays according to the invention and the conventional displays based on the twisted nematic cell consists, however, in the choice of the liquid-crystal parameters of the liquid-crystal layer.
- the media according to the invention are prepared in a manner conventional per se.
- the components are dissolved in one another, advantageously at elevated temperature.
- the liquid-crystalline phases in accordance with the invention can be modified in such a way that they can be used in all types of liquid crystal display elements that have been disclosed hitherto.
- Additives of this type are known to the person skilled in the art and are described in detail in the literature (H. Kelker and R. Hatz, Handbook of Liquid Crystals, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1980).
- pleochroic dyes can be added for the preparation of coloured guest-host systems or substances can be added in order to modify the dielectric anisotropy, the viscosity and/or the alignment of the nematic phases.
- stabilisers and antioxidants can be added.
- the mixtures according to the invention are suitable for TN, STN, ECB and IPS applications and isotropic switching mode (ISM) applications.
- ISM isotropic switching mode
- the inventive mixtures are highly suitable for devices, which operate in an optically isotropic state.
- the mixtures of the invention are surprisingly found to be highly suitable for the respective use.
- Electro-optical devices that are operated or operable in an optically isotropic state recently have become of interest with respect to video, TV, and multi-media applications. This is, because conventional liquid crystal displays utilizing electro-optical effects based on the physical properties of liquid crystals exhibit a rather high switching time, which is undesired for said applications. Furthermore most of the conventional displays show a significant viewing angle dependence of contrast that in turn makes necessary measures to compensate this undesired property.
- German Patent Application DE 102 17 273 A1 discloses light-controlling (light modulation) elements in which the mesogenic controlling medium for modulation is in the isotropic phase at the operating temperature.
- These light controlling elements have a very short switching time and a good viewing angle dependence of contrast.
- the driving or operating voltages of said elements are very often unsuitably high for some applications.
- German Patent Application DE 102 41 301 A1 describes specific structures of electrodes allowing a significant reduction of the driving voltages. However, these electrodes make the process of manufacturing the light controlling elements more complicated.
- the light controlling elements for example, disclosed in both DE 102 17 273 A1 and DE 102 41 301 show significant temperature dependence.
- the electro-optical effect that can be induced by the electrical field in the controlling medium being in an optical isotropic state is most pronounced at temperatures close to the clearing point of the controlling medium.
- the light controlling elements have the lowest values of their characteristic voltages and, thus, require the lowest operating voltages.
- Typical values of the temperature dependence are in the range from about a few volts per centigrade up to about ten or more volts per centigrade.
- DE 102 41 301 describes various structures of electrodes for devices operable or operated in the isotropic state
- DE 102 17 273 A1 discloses isotropic media of varying composition that are useful in light controlling elements operable or operated in the isotropic state.
- the relative temperature dependence of the threshold voltage in these light controlling elements is at a temperature of 1 centigrade above the clearing point in the range of about 50%/centigrade. That temperature dependence decreases with increasing temperature so that it is at a temperature of 5 centigrade above the clearing point of about 10%/centigrade.
- the temperature dependence of the electro-optical effect is too high.
- the operating voltages are independent from the operating temperature over a temperature range of at least some centi-grades, preferably of about 5 centi-grades or more, even more preferably of about 10 centi-grades or more and especially of about 20 centi-grades or more.
- inventive mixtures are highly suitable as controlling media in the light controlling elements as described above and in DE 102 17 273 A1, DE 102 41 301 A1 and DE 102 536 06 A1 and broaden the temperature range in which the operating voltages of said electro-optical operates.
- the optical isotropic state or the blue phase is almost completely or completely independent from the operating temperature.
- Liquid crystals having an extremely high chiral twist may have one or more optically isotropic phases. If they have a respective cholesteric pitch, these phases might appear bluish in a cell having a sufficiently large cell gap. Those phases are therefore also called “blue phases” (Gray and Goodby, “Smectic Liquid Crystals, Textures and Structures”, Leonhard Hill, USA, Canada (1984)). Effects of electrical fields on liquid crystals existing in a blue phase are described for instance in H. S. Kitzerow, “The Effect of Electric Fields on Blue Phases”, Mol. Cryst. Liq.
- inventive mixtures can be used in an electro-optical light-controlling element which comprises
- the controlling medium of the present invention has a characteristic temperature, preferably a clearing point, in the range from about ⁇ 30° C. to about 90° C., especially up to about 70° C. to 80° C.
- the operating temperature of the light controlling elements is preferably above the characteristic temperature of the controlling medium said temperature being usually the transition temperature of the controlling medium to the blue phase; generally the operating temperature is in the range of about 0.1° to about 50°, preferably in the range of about 0.1° to about 10° above said characteristic temperature. It is highly preferred that the operating temperature is in the range from the transition temperature of the controlling medium to the blue phase up to the transition temperature of the controlling medium to the isotropic phase which is the clearing point.
- the light controlling elements may also be operated at temperatures at which the controlling medium is in the isotropic phase.
- characteristic temperature is defined as follows:
- alkyl means, as long as it is not defined in a different manner elsewhere in this description or in the claims, straight-chain and branched hydrocarbon (aliphatic) radicals with 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
- the hydrocarbon radicals may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents being independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I or CN.
- the dielectrics may also comprise further additives known to the person skilled in the art and described in the literature. For example, 0 to 5% of pleochroic dyes, antioxidants or stabilizers can be added.
- C denotes a crystalline phase, S a smectic phase, S C a smectic C phase, N a nematic phase, I the isotropic phase and BP the blue phase.
- V X denotes the voltage for X % transmission.
- V 10 denotes the voltage for 10% transmission
- V 100 denotes the voltage for 100% transmission (viewing angle perpendicular to the plate surface).
- t on denotes the switch-on time and t off (respectively ⁇ off ) the switch-off time at an operating voltage corresponding the value of V 100 , respectively of V max .
- t on is the time for the change of the relative transmission from 10% to 90% and t off is the time for the change of the relative transmission from 90% to 10%.
- the response times are determined with the measurement instrument DMS from Autronic Melchers, Germany, just as the electro-optical characteristics.
- ⁇ n denotes the optical anisotropy.
- the electro-optical data are measured in a TN cell at the 1 st minimum of transmission (i.e. at a (d ⁇ n) value of 0.5 ⁇ m) at 20° C., unless expressly stated otherwise.
- the optical data are measured at 20° C., unless expressly stated otherwise.
- the light modulation media according to the present invention can comprise further liquid crystal compounds in order to adjust the physical properties.
- Such compounds are known to the expert.
- Their concentration in the media according to the instant invention is preferably 0% to 30%, more preferably 0% to 20% and most preferably 5% to 15%.
- Preferably inventive media have a range of the blue phase or, in case of the occurrence of more than one blue phase, a combined range of the blue phases, with a width of 20° or more, preferably of 40° or more, more preferably of 50° or more and most preferably of 60° or more.
- this phase range is at least from 10° C. to 30° C., most preferably at least from 10° C. to 40° C. and most preferably at least from 0° C. to 50° C., wherein at least means, that preferably the phase extends to temperatures below the lower limit and at the same time, that it extends to temperatures above the upper limit.
- this phase range is at least from 20° C. to 40° C., most preferably at least from 30° C. to 80° C. and most preferably at least from 30° C. to 90° C.
- This embodiment is particularly suited for displays with a strong backlight, dissipating energy and thus heating the display.
- the inventive media have a dielectric anisotropy of 150 or more, more preferably of 200 or more, even more preferably of 300 or more and most preferably of 400 or more.
- the value of dielectric anisotropy of the inventive media is preferably 700 or less, more preferably 550 or less and, most preferably 500 or less.
- dielectrically positive compounds describes compounds with ⁇ >1,5, dielectrically neutral compounds are compounds with ⁇ 1,5 ⁇ 1,5 and dielectrically negative compounds are compounds with ⁇ 1,5.
- ⁇ is determined at 1 kHz and 20° C.
- the dielectric anisotropies of the compounds is determined from the results of a solution of 10% of the individual compounds in a nematic host mixture.
- the capacities of these test mixtures are determined both in a cell with homeotropic and with homogeneous alignment.
- the cell gap of both types of cells is approximately 20 ⁇ m.
- the voltage applied is a rectangular wave with a frequency of 1 kHz and a root mean square value typically of 0.5 V to 1.0 V, however, it is always selected to be below the capacitive threshold of the respective test mixture.
- the mixture ZLI-4792 and for dielectrically neutral, as well as for dielectrically negative compounds are used as host mixture, respectively.
- the dielectric permitivities of the compounds are determined from the change of the respective values of the host mixture upon addition of the compounds of interest and are extrapolated to a concentration of the compounds of interest of 100%.
- Components having a nematic phase at the measurement temperature of 20° C. are measured as such, all others are treated like compounds.
- threshold voltage refers in the instant application to the optical threshold and is given for 10% relative contrast (V 10 ) and the term saturation voltage refers to the optical saturation and is given for 90 relative contrast (V 90 ) both, if not explicitly stated otherwise.
- the capacitive threshold voltage V 0 , also called Freedericksz-threshold V Fr ) is only used if explicitly mentioned.
- the test cells for the determination of ⁇ had a cell gap of 22 ⁇ m.
- the electrode was a circular ITO electrode with an area of 1.13 cm 2 and a guard ring.
- the orientation layers were lecithin for homeotropic orientation ( ⁇ ⁇ ) and polyimide AL-1054 from Japan Synthetic Rubber for homogenous orientation ( ⁇ ⁇ ).
- the capacities were determined with a frequency response analyser Solatron 1260 using a sine wave with a voltage of 0.3 or 0.1 V rms .
- the light used in the electro-optical measurements was white light.
- the set up used was a commercially available equipment of Otsuka, Japan.
- the characteristic voltages have been determined under perpendicular observation.
- the threshold voltage (V 10 ), mid-grey voltage (V 50 ) and saturation voltage (V 90 ) have been determined for 10%, 50% and 90% relative contrast, respectively.
- the mesogenic modulation material has been filled into an electro optical test cell prepared at the respective facility of Merck KGaA.
- the test cells had inter-digital electrodes on one substrate side.
- the electrode width was 10 ⁇ m
- the distance between adjacent electrodes was 10 ⁇ m
- the cell gap was also 10 ⁇ m.
- This test cell has been evaluated electro-optically between crossed polarisers.
- the filled cells showed the typical texture of a chiral nematic mixture, with an optical transmission between crossed polarisers without applied voltage.
- T 1 Upon heating, at a first temperature (T 1 ) the mixtures turned optically isotropic, being dark between the crossed polarisers. This indicated the transition from the chiral nematic phase to the blue phase at that temperature.
- T 2 Up to a second temperature (T 2 ) the cell showed an electro-optical effect under applied voltage, typically of some tens of volts, a certain voltage in that range leading to a maximum of the optical transmission.
- T 2 the voltage needed for a visible electro-optical effect increased strongly, indicating the transition from the blue phase to the isotropic phase at this second temperature (T 2 ).
- the temperature range ( ⁇ T(BP)), where the mixture can be used electro-optically in the blue phase most beneficially has been identified as ranging from T 1 to T 2 .
- This temperature range ( ⁇ T(BP)) is the temperature range given in the examples of this application.
- the electro-optical displays can also be operated at temperatures beyond this range, i.e. at temperatures above T 2 , albeit only at significantly increased operation voltages.
- the liquid crystal media according to the present invention can contain further additives and chiral dopants in usual concentrations.
- the total concentration of these further constituents is in the range of 0% to 10%, preferably 0.1% to 6%, based in the total mixture.
- the concentrations of the individual compounds used each are preferably in the range of 0.1 to 3%.
- the concentration of these and of similar additives is not taken into consideration for the values and ranges of the concentrations of the liquid crystal components and compounds of the liquid crystal media in this application.
- the inventive liquid crystal media according to the present invention consist of several compounds, preferably of 3 to 30, more preferably of 5 to 20 and most preferably of 6 to 14 compounds. These compounds are mixed in conventional way. As a rule, the required amount of the compound used in the smaller amount is dissolved in the compound used in the greater amount. In case the temperature is above the clearing point of the compound used in the higher concentration, it is particularly easy to observe completion of the process of dissolution. It is, however, also possible to prepare the media by other conventional ways, e.g. using so called pre-mixtures, which can be e. g. homologous or eutectic mixtures of compounds or using so called multi-bottle-systems, the constituents of which are ready to use mixtures themselves.
- pre-mixtures which can be e. g. homologous or eutectic mixtures of compounds or using so called multi-bottle-systems, the constituents of which are ready to use mixtures themselves.
- liquid crystal media according to the instant invention can be modified in such a way, that they are usable in all known types of liquid crystal displays, either using the liquid crystal media as such, like TN-, TN-AMD, ECB-, VAN-AMD (vertically aligned nematicactive matrix display) and in particular in composite systems, like PDLC—(polymer dispersed liquid crystal), NCAP—(nematically curvilinerarily aligned polymer) and PN—(polymer network) LCDs and especially in HPDLCs (holographic PDLCs).
- PDLC polymer dispersed liquid crystal
- NCAP (nematically curvilinerarily aligned polymer)
- PN polymer network LCDs
- HPDLCs holographic PDLCs
- the person skilled in the art will be able to modify the synthesis in a suitable manner and thus obtain further compounds according to the invention.
- the particularly preferred compounds containing an alkoxy spacer or acrylates bonded directly to the ring are obtained, for example, by reaction of phenol derivatives, such as, for example, compound 12, with the dithianylium salts 13.
- the compounds 14 formed initially here are converted into the compounds 15.
- the hydroxyl group can subsequently be functionalised in a suitable manner, for example by esterification using methacrylic acid (cf. Scheme 1).
- the compounds of formula P wherein the rings are linked by an —CF 2 —O— group and the reactive groups are attached to the rings via an alkylene spacer group which are used according to the present invention in a particularly preferred embodiment, can be prepared according to the following scheme.
- R has the meaning of R 1 given under formula I-Z above.
- R and R′ have the meaning of R 1 given under formula I-Z above and R′ preferably is methyl.
- Table C gives the meanings of the codes for the left-hand or right-hand end groups.
- the acronyms are composed of the codes for the ring elements with optional linking groups, followed by a first hyphen and the codes for the left-hand end group, and a second hyphen and the codes for the right-hand end group.
- Table D shows illustrative structures of compounds together with their respective abbreviations.
- n and, if present, also m and l
- n denote(s) an integer from 1 to 7, preferably from 2 to 6.
- Table E shows illustrative compounds which can be used as stabiliser in the mesogenic media according to the present invention.
- the mesogenic media comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of the compounds from Table E.
- Table F shows illustrative compounds which can preferably be used as chiral dopants in the mesogenic media according to the present invention.
- the mesogenic media comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of the compounds from Table F.
- the mesogenic media according to the present application preferably comprise two or more, preferably four or more, compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds from the above tables.
- liquid-crystal media preferably comprise
- Liquid-crystal mixtures having the composition and properties as indicated in the following tables are prepared and investigated.
- HTP denotes the helical twisting power of an optically active or chiral substance in an LC medium (in ⁇ m ⁇ 1 ). Unless indicated otherwise, the HTP is measured in the commercially available nematic LC host mixture MLD-6260 (Merck KGaA) at a temperature of 20° C.
- the batch is subsequently added to water, neutralised using 2 N hydrochloric acid and extracted three times with toluene.
- the combined org. phases are dried over sodium sulphate, the solvent is removed in vacuo, and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel firstly with toluene and then with toluene/ethyl acetate (4:1), giving 6-(4- ⁇ difluoro[4-(6-hydroxyhex-1-ynyl)phenoxy]methyl ⁇ -3,5-difluorophenyl)hex-5-yn-1-ol as a colourless solid.
- 6-(4- ⁇ Difluoro[4-(6-hydroxyhex-1-ynyl)phenoxy]methyl ⁇ -3,5-difluorophenyl)-hex-5-yn-1-ol is hydrogenated to completion on palladium/active carbon catalyst in tetrahydrofurane (short THF).
- the catalyst is filtered off, the solvent is removed in vacuo, and the crude product is chromatographed on silica gel with toluene/ethyl acetate (1:2), giving 6-(4- ⁇ difluoro[4-(6-hydroxyhexyl)phenoxy]methyl ⁇ -3,5-difluorophenyl)hexan-1-ol as a colourless solid.
- Step 2.2
- step 2.1 34 g (14 mmole) of the product of the previous step, step 2.1, are dissolved in 365 ml 1,4dioxane. Then 3.13 mg of PdCl 2 -dppf, 42.522 g bis-(pinacolato)-diborane and 42.023 g potassium acetate are added. The resultant mixture is heated under reflux for 16 h. Then the resultant mixture is allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The product is purified as usual to yield 30 g of slightly yellow crystals.
- Step 2.4
- step 3.2 30.80 g of the product of the previous step, step 3.2, are dissolved in 500 ml THF and cooled under inert gas (N 2 ) to a temperature of ⁇ 70° C. At this temperature 118.38 ml solution of LDA in THF are added in drops. Then the mixture is stirred for 1 h. Subsequently 8.14 g solid carbon dioxide are allowed to evaporate and the gas is led into the reaction vessel slowly. During this process the temperature is always kept below ⁇ 55° C. After the reaction is completed the cooling is stopped and the reaction mixture allowed to heat up to a temperature of ⁇ 10° C. Then it is poured into 500 ml of water and acidified with hydrochloric acid. The organic phase is separated, dried and the solvent evaporated. After usual purification the product is obtained as colourless crystals.
- di-iso-propylammonium 3-trifluoromethyl-4,6-difluorophenolate (C 7 H 2 BrF 5 ), prepared from the phenol and the base) are dissolved in 70 ml THF and cooled to a temperature of approximately ⁇ 5° C. under inert gas (N 2 ). At this temperature 357.50 ml of a solution of isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 mole/l) in THF are added in drops. Then the mixture is stirred at this temperature for 1 h. Subsequently 90.59 ml trimethyl borate in 100 ml THF are added in drops. During the addition the temperature is always kept between 0 and ⁇ 5° C.
- liquid crystalline mixture M-1 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties.
- the composition and properties are given in the following table.
- mixture M-1 the mixture of interest
- the resultant mixture is introduced into test cells and heated to an appropriate temperature, at which the mixture is in the blue phase. Then it is exposed to UV.
- the mixtures are characterised as described below before the polymerisation.
- the reactive components are then polymerised in the blue phase by irradiation once (180 s), and the resultant media are recharacterised.
- phase properties of the medium are established in a test cell having a thickness of about 10 microns and an area of 2 ⁇ 2.5 cm 2 .
- the filling is carried out by capillary action at a temperature of 75° C.
- the measurement is carried out under a polarising microscope with heating stage with a temperature change of 1° C./min.
- the polymerisation of the media is carried out by irradiation with a UV lamp (Dymax, Bluewave 200, 365 nm interference filter) having an effective power of about 3.0 mW/cm 2 for 180 seconds.
- the polymerisation is carried out directly in the electro-optical test cell.
- the polymerisation is carried out initially at a temperature at which the medium is in the blue phase I (BP-I).
- the polymerisation is carried out in a plurality of part-steps, which gradually result in complete polymerisation.
- the temperature range of the blue phase generally changes during the polymerisation.
- the temperature is therefore adapted between each part-step so that the medium is still in the blue phase. In practice, this can be carried out by observing the sample under the polarising microscope after each irradiation operation of about 5 s or longer. If the sample becomes darker, this indicates a transition into the isotropic phase. The temperature for the next part-step is reduced correspondingly.
- the entire irradiation time which results in maximum stabilisation is typically 180 s at the irradiation power indicated. Further polymerisations can be carried out in accordance with an optimised irradiation/temperature programme.
- the polymerisation can also be carried out in a single irradiation step, in particular if a broad blue phase is already present before the polymerisation.
- phase width of the blue phase is determined.
- the electro-optical characterisation is carried out subsequently at various temperatures within and if desired also outside this range.
- test cells used are fitted on one side with interdigital electrodes on the cell surface.
- the cell gap, the electrode separation and the electrode width are typically each 10 microns. This uniform dimension is referred to below as the gap width.
- the area covered by electrodes is about 0.4 cm 2 .
- the test cells do not have an alignment layer.
- the cell is located between crossed polarising filters, where the longitudinal direction of the electrodes adopts an angle of 45° to the axes of the polarising filter.
- the measurement is carried out using a DMS301 (Autronic-Melchers, Germany) at a right angle to the cell plane, or by means of a highly sensitive camera on the polarising microscope.
- DMS301 Altronic-Melchers, Germany
- the arrangement described gives an essentially dark image (definition 0% transmission).
- the characteristic operating voltages and then the response times are measured on the test cell.
- the operating voltage is applied to the cell electrodes in the form of rectangular voltage having an alternating sign (frequency 100 Hz) and variable amplitude, as described below.
- the transmission is measured while the operating voltage is increased.
- the attainment of the maximum value of the transmission defines the characteristic quantity of the operating voltage V 100 .
- the characteristic voltage V 10 is determined at 10% of the maximum transmission.
- Relatively high characteristic operating voltages V 100 are observed at the upper and lower end of the temperature range of the blue phase. In the region of the minimum operating voltage, V 100 generally only increases slightly with increasing temperature.
- This temperature range limited by T 1 and T 2 , is referred to as the usable, flat temperature range (FR).
- the width of this “flat range” (FR) is (T 2 ⁇ T 1 ) and is known as the width of the flat range (WFR).
- the precise values of T 1 and T 2 are determined by the intersections of tangents on the flat curve section FR and the adjacent steep curve sections in the V 100 /temperature diagram.
- the response times during switching on and off are determined.
- the response time ⁇ on is defined by the time to achievement of 90% intensity after application of a voltage at the level of V 100 at the selected temperature.
- the response time ⁇ off is defined by the time until the decrease by 90% starting from maximum intensity at V 100 after reduction of the voltage to 0 V.
- the response time is also determined at various temperatures in the range of the blue phase.
- the transmission at continuously increasing and falling operating voltage between 0 V and V 100 is measured at a temperature within the FR.
- the difference between the two curves is known as hysteresis.
- the difference in the transmissions at 0.5 ⁇ V 100 and the difference in the voltages at 50% transmission are, for example, characteristic hysteresis values and are known as ⁇ T 50 and ⁇ V 50 respectively.
- the ratio of the transmission in the voltage-free state before and after passing through a switching cycle can be measured.
- This transmission ratio is referred to as the “memory effect”.
- the value of the memory effect is 1.0 in the ideal state. Values above 1 mean that a certain memory effect is present in the form of excessively high residual transmission after the cell has been switched on and off. This value is also determined in the working range of the blue phase (FR).
- Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
- the polymerisable mixture is polymerised in a single irradiation step at a temperature of about 30-50° C. at the lower end of the temperature range of the blue phase.
- the polymer-stabilised liquid-crystalline media exhibit a blue phase over a broad temperature range.
- the polymer-stabilised media M-1-1 to M-1-4 prepared using the monomer (RM-2) according to the invention exhibit a small hysteresis ( ⁇ V 50 ) and good contrast for switching on and on switching off compared with conventional media from the prior art.
- the contrast on switching on and the contrast on switching off are close together in the media M-1-1, M-1-2, M-1-3 and M-1-4 according to the invention, which indicates a very good stabilisation of the blue phase.
- the monomers according to the invention are particularly suitable for the stabilisation of blue phases, in particular in the case of media having a high concentration of chiral dopant.
- liquid crystalline mixture (C-1) is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties.
- the composition and properties are given in the following table.
- liquid crystalline mixture M-2 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties.
- the composition and properties are given in the following table.
- Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
- liquid crystalline mixture M-3 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties.
- the composition and properties are given in the following table.
- Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
- liquid crystalline mixture M-4 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties.
- the composition and properties are given in the following table.
- Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
- liquid crystalline mixture M-5 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties.
- the composition and properties are given in the following table.
- Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Mesogenic compounds of formula I-Z
are suitable for use in mesogenic media. Such mesogenic media can exhibit a blue phase and comprise component A, consisting of one or more compounds of formula I-Z, and, optionally a component B, consisting of one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae
I-M and I-U,
Description
The present invention relates to compounds, media comprising these compounds and to electro-optical displays comprising these media as light modulation media. Preferably the compounds of the present invention are mesogenic compounds and they are preferably used in liquid crystalline media. In particular the electro-optical displays according to the present invention are displays, which are operated at a temperature, at which the mesogenic modulation media are in an optically isotropic phase, preferably in a blue phase.
Electro-optical displays and mesogenic light modulation media, which are in the isotropic phase when being operated in the display are described in DE 102 17 273 A. Electro-optical displays, and mesogenic light modulation media, which are in the optically isotropic blue phase, when being operated in the display are described in WO 2004/046 805.
Compounds of the Formulae
EP 2 302 015 A1 shows the use of
which exhibits a blue phase and is stabilized by photo-polymerization of a reactive mesogen of the formula
which exhibit a nematic phase, and also optically isotropic liquid crystalline media comprising these compounds besides other compounds such as e.g.
U.S. Pat. No. 7,070,838 describes polymerisable compounds containing a 2-di- or trifluoromethyl-1,4-phenyl ring, and the use thereof in polymerisable mixtures, LC polymers and LC displays having a cholesteric phase and in optical films. Specific compounds of a formula 1a-2-19 having the following structure are also disclosed therein
However, no properties of this compound on use in an LC display are disclosed. In addition, the use of such compounds for the stabilisation of blue phases or in PSA displays is neither described in nor is obvious from U.S. Pat. No. 7,070,838.
JP 2005-015473 A discloses polymerisable compounds containing unsaturated spacer groups (alkynylene or alkenylene). Specific compounds of the formulae 1-13-77 to 1-13-84, 1-13-134, 1-13-135, 1-56-9, 1-56-10, 1-56-23, 1-56-24 which contain phenyl rings linked via CF2O bridges are also disclosed therein, as is the use thereof for the production of optically anisotropic films and in ferroelectric LC media. Specific compounds, for example having the following structures, are also disclosed therein.
However, the use of such compounds for the stabilisation of blue phases or in PSA displays is neither described in nor is obvious from JP 2005-015473 A.
The specifications US 2009/0268143 and US 2010/0078593 claim difluorooxymethylene-bridged polymerisable compounds containing a ring system having negative dielectric anisotropy as a component in liquid-crystal mixtures for anisotropic films.
However, no properties of these compounds on use in an LC display are disclosed. In addition, the use of such compounds for the stabilisation of blue phases or in PSA displays is neither described in nor is obvious from these specifications.
The mesogenic media and displays described in these references provide several significant advantages compared to well-known and widely used displays using liquid crystals in the nematic phase, like for example liquid crystal displays (LCDs) operating in the twisted nematic (TN)-, the super twisted nematic (STN)-, the electrically controlled birefringence (ECB)-mode with its various modifications and the in-plane switching (IPS)-mode. Amongst these advantages are most pronounced their much faster switching times, and significantly wider optical viewing angle.
Whereas, compared to displays using mesogenic media in another liquid crystalline phase, as e.g. in the smectic phase in surface stabilized ferroelectric liquid crystal displays (SSF LCDs), the displays of DE 102 17 273.0 and WO 2004/046 805 are much easier to manufacture. For example, they do not require a very thin cell gap and in addition the electro-optical effect is not very sensitive to small variations of the cell gap.
However, the liquid crystal media described in these patent applications mentioned still require operating voltages, which are not low enough for some applications. Further the operating voltages of these media vary with temperature, and it is generally observed, that at a certain temperature the voltage dramatically increases with increasing temperature. This limits the applicability of liquid crystal media in the blue phase for display applications. A further disadvantage of the liquid crystal media described in these patent applications is their moderate reliability which is insufficient for very demanding applications. This moderate reliability may be for example expressed in terms of the voltage holding ratio (VHR) parameter, which in liquid crystal media as described above may be below 90%.
Some compounds and compositions have been reported which possess a blue phase between the cholesteric phase and the isotropic phase that can usually be observed by optical microscopy. These compounds or compositions for which the blue phases are observed are typically single mesogenic compounds or mixtures showing a high chirality. However, generally the blue phases observed only extend over a very small temperature range, which is typically less than 1 degree centigrade wide, and/or the blue phase is located at rather inconvenient temperatures.
In order to operate the novel fast switching display mode of WO 2004/046 805 the light modulation medium to be used has to be in the blue phase over a broad range of temperatures encompassing ambient temperature, however. Thus, a light modulation medium possessing a blue phase, which is as wide as possible and conveniently located is required. Therefore there is a strong need for a modulation medium with a blue phase with a wide phase range, which may be achieved either by an appropriate mixture of mesogenic compounds themselves or, preferably by mixing a host mixture with appropriate mesogenic properties with a single dopant or a mixture of dopants that stabilises the blue phase over a wide temperature range.
Summarizing, there is a need for liquid crystal media, which can be operated in liquid crystal displays, which are operated at temperatures where the media is in the blue phase, which provide the following technical improvements:
-
- a reduced operating voltage,
- a reduced temperature dependency of the operating voltage and
- an improved reliability, e.g. VHR.
Present Invention
Surprisingly, it now has been found that mesogenic media exhibiting a blue phase and comprising
a first component, component A, consisting of one or more compounds of formula I-Z
- R1 is alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, preferably has 1 to 20 C-atoms, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, preferably by F, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that 0 and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, preferably n-alkyl or n-alkoxy with 1 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with 2 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms or halogenated alkyl, halogenated alkenyl or halogenated alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, preferably mono fluorinated, di-fluorinated or oligofluorinated alkyl, alkenyl or alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, most preferably n-alkyl, n-alkoxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with preferably up to 9 C-atoms,
- L1 is H or F, preferably H,
- X1 is CN, CF3 or OCF3, preferably CF3 or CN, most preferably CF3,
- Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H, and
- R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms,
amongst which chiral compounds are encompassed, too, and, preferably,
a second component, component B, consisting of one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-U and I-M
wherein
R1, L1 and X1, have the respective meanings given under formula I-Z above
amongst which chiral compounds are encompassed, too,
allow to realize media with an acceptably high clearing point and/or a rather high stability of the voltage holding ratio against temperature and/or UV-load and in particular against the latter.
At the same time the resultant media are characterized by an extremely high value of Δ∈, a very high value of product (Δ∈·Δn) and also by a favourably low viscosity and a good stability at deep temperatures.
One aspect of the present invention are compounds of formula I-Z
- R1 is alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, preferably has 1 to 20 C-atoms, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, preferably by F, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that 0 and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, preferably n-alkyl or n-alkoxy with 1 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with 2 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms or halogenated alkyl, halogenated alkenyl or halogenated alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, preferably mono fluorinated, di-fluorinated or oligofluorinated alkyl, alkenyl or alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, most preferably n-alkyl, n-alkoxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with preferably up to 9 C-atoms,
- L1 is H or F, preferably H,
- X1 is CN, CF3 or OCF3, preferably CF3 or CN, most preferably CF3,
- Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H, and
- R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms,
- amongst which chiral compounds are encompassed, too.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one or both of components selected from the following components, components A and B, preferably in a total concentration of 10% or more to 45% or less. Preferably the media comprise components A and/or B in a total concentration from 15% or more, preferably from 20% or more and most preferably from 25% or more to 45% or less.
In this embodiment the mesogenic media comprise component A preferably in a total concentration from 5% or more, preferably from 7% or more to 20% or less, preferably to 15% or less and component B preferably in a concentration of 10% or more, preferably of 15% or more to 30% or less, preferably to 25% or less.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one or more compounds of formula I-Z selected from the group of formulae I-Z-1 to I-Z-6, particularly preferably of formulae I-Z-2 and/or I-Z-4, most preferably of formula I-Z-3
In one preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise components A and, if present, B in a total concentration from 15% or more, preferably from 20% or more and most preferably from 25% or more to 45% or less.
In this embodiment the mesogenic media comprise component A preferably in a total concentration from 10% or more, preferably of 15% or more to 30% or less, preferably to 25% or less and component B preferably in a concentration from 5% or more, preferably from 10% or more to 30% or less, preferably to 25% or less.
In a further preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one or more compounds of formula I-A
- R1 is alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, preferably has 1 to 20 C-atoms, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, preferably by F, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, preferably n-alkyl or n-alkoxy with 1 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with 2 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms or halogenated alkyl, halogenated alkenyl or halogenated alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, preferably mono fluorinated, di-fluorinated or oligofluorinated alkyl, alkenyl or alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, most preferably n-alkyl, n-alkoxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with preferably up to 9 C-atoms,
- L11 and L12 are, independently of each other, H or F, preferably one is F and the other H or F and most preferably both are F,
- Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H, and
- R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms,
- amongst which chiral compounds are encompassed, too.
In this preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media preferably comprise one more compounds of formula I-A, preferably in a concentration of 1% to 15%, most preferably in a concentration of 2% to 8%.
In still a further preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise, additionally or alternatively to the compound or compounds of formula I-A, one more compounds of formula I-E
- L01 to L03 are independently of one another H or F, preferably L01 is F and/or L02 is F,
- R0 is alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, preferably by F, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
- Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H,
- R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms, and
- n is 0 or 1.
In this preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media preferably comprise one more compounds of formula I-E-1, preferably in a concentration of 2% to 15%,
wherein R0 has the meaning given under formula I-E above and preferably is n-alkyl, most preferably ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl or n-heptyl, most preferably ethyl or n-propyl.
The compounds selected from the group of formulae I-A and I-E constitute the optional third component, component C of the media according to the present application.
In this respective embodiment the mesogenic media comprise all three components, components A to C, preferably in a total concentration from 15% or more, preferably from 20% or more to 50% or less, preferably to 45% or less.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula I-T
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula I-T selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-T-1 and I-T-2
- R1 has the meanings given under formula I-T above and preferably is n-alkyl, most preferably ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl or n-hexyl.
In a further preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula I-N
In a further preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula I-N selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-N-1 and I-N-2
- R1 has the meanings given under formula I-N above and preferably is n-alkyl, most preferably ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl or n-hexyl.
It has been further been found that mesogenic media, which are comprising, additionally to the compound or the compounds of formulae I-M and/or I-U and optionally I-A, and/or I-T and/or I-N and/or I-E, or of their respective preferred sub-formulae, one or more compounds of formula II
- m is 0 or 1
- L21 to L23 are, independently of each other, H or F, preferably L21 and L22 are both F and/or L23 is F,
- R2 is alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, preferably has 1 to 20 C-atoms, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, preferably by F, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, preferably n-alkyl or n-alkoxy with 1 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with 2 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms or halogenated alkyl, halogenated alkenyl or halogenated alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, preferably mono fluorinated, di-fluorinated or oligofluorinated alkyl, alkenyl or alkoxy with preferably up to 9 C-atoms, most preferably n-alkyl, n-alkoxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with preferably up to 9 C-atoms,
- Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H,
- R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms, and
- X2 is F or CF3,
amongst which chiral compounds are encompassed, too, allow to realize media with an acceptably high clearing point and/or a rather high stability of the voltage holding ratio against temperature and/or UV-load and in particular against the latter.
Preferably the compounds of formula II are selected from the group of compounds of formulae II-1 and II-2
wherein R2 and X2 have the respective meanings given under formula II above and the polar terminal group X2 in formula II-1 preferably is CF3 and in formula II-2 it preferably is F.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the media according to the present invention additionally comprise one more compounds of formula III
wherein R3 has the meaning given for R1 under formula I-U above and the polar end group preferably is F.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula III, preferably one or more compounds wherein R3 has the meaning given under formula III above and more preferably is n-alkyl, more preferably ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl or n-hexyl and, most preferably n-butyl.
Preferably the media according to the present invention additionally comprise one more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae IV and V
- R4 and R5 are, independently of each other, alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, preferably has 1 to 20 C-atoms, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, preferably by F, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, preferably n-alkyl or n-alkoxy with 1 to 9 C-atoms, preferably 2 to 5 C-atoms, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with 2 to 9 C-atoms, preferably with 2 to 5 C-atoms, most preferably n-alkyl, n-alkoxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl with preferably up to 9 C-atoms,
- L5 is H or F, preferably F,
- n and m are, independently of one another, 0 or 1, preferably m is 1.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula II, preferably selected from the group of compounds of its sub-formulae II-1 to II-8, preferably of formula II-1 to II-4, most preferably of formula II-3,
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula IV, preferably selected from the group of compounds of its sub-formulae IV-1 to IV-4, preferably of formulae IV-3 and/or IV-4,
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mesogenic media comprise one more compounds of formula V, preferably selected from the group of compounds of its sub-formulae V-1 and V-2, preferably one or more compounds of formula V-1 and one or more compounds of formula V-2,
An alkyl or an alkoxy radical, i.e. an alkyl where the terminal CH2 group is replaced by —O—, in this application may be straight-chain or branched. It is preferably straight-chain, has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms and accordingly is preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy, heptoxy, or octoxy, furthermore nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, nonoxy, decoxy, undecoxy, dodecoxy, tridecoxy or tetradecoxy, for example.
Oxaalkyl, i.e. an alkyl group in which one non-terminal CH2 group is replaced by —O—, is preferably straight-chain 2-oxapropyl (=methoxymethyl), 2-(=ethoxymethyl) or 3-oxabutyl (=2-methoxyethyl), 2-, 3-, or 4-oxapentyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-oxahexyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-oxaheptyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-oxaoctyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-oxanonyl or 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8- or 9-oxadecyl, for example.
An alkenyl group, i.e. an alkyl group wherein one or more CH2 groups are replaced by —CH═CH—, may be straight-chain or branched. It is preferably straight-chain, has 2 to 10 C atoms and accordingly is preferably vinyl, prop-1-, or prop-2-enyl, but-1-, 2- or but-3-enyl, pent-1-, 2-, 3- or pent-4-enyl, hex-1-, 2-, 3-, 4- or hex-5-enyl, hept-1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or hept-6-enyl, oct-1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or oct-7-enyl, non-1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or non-8-enyl, dec-1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8- or dec-9-enyl.
Especially preferred alkenyl groups are C2-C7-1E-alkenyl, C4-C7-3E-alkenyl, C5-C7-4-alkenyl, C6-C7-5-alkenyl and C7-6-alkenyl, in particular C2-C7-1E-alkenyl, C4-C7-3E-alkenyl and C5-C7-4-alkenyl. Examples for particularly preferred alkenyl groups are vinyl, 1E-propenyl, 1E-butenyl, 1E-pentenyl, 1E-hexenyl, 1E-heptenyl, 3-butenyl, 3E-pentenyl, 3E-hexenyl, 3E-heptenyl, 4-pentenyl, 4Z-hexenyl, 4E-hexenyl, 4Z-heptenyl, 5-hexenyl, 6-heptenyl and the like. Groups having up to 5 C-atoms are generally preferred.
In an alkyl group, wherein one CH2 group is replaced by —O— and one by —CO—, these radicals are preferably neighboured. Accordingly these radicals together form a carbonyloxy group —CO—O— or an oxycarbonyl group —O—CO—. Preferably such an alkyl group is straight-chain and has 2 to 6 C atoms.
It is accordingly preferably acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, pentanoyloxy, hexanoyloxy, acetyloxymethyl, propionyloxymethyl, butyryloxymethyl, pentanoyloxymethyl, 2-acetyloxyethyl, 2-propionyloxyethyl, 2-butyryloxyethyl, 3-acetyloxypropyl, 3-propionyloxypropyl, 4-acetyloxybutyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, pentoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-(methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(propoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 3-(methoxycarbonyl)propyl, 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)propyl, 4-(methoxycarbonyl)-butyl.
An alkyl group wherein two or more CH2 groups are replaced by —O— and/or —COO—, it can be straight-chain or branched. It is preferably straight-chain and has 3 to 12 C atoms. Accordingly it is preferably bis-carboxymethyl, 2,2-bis-carboxy-ethyl, 3,3-bis-carboxy-propyl, 4,4-bis-carboxybutyl, 5,5-bis-carboxy-pentyl, 6,6-bis-carboxy-hexyl, 7,7-bis-carboxyheptyl, 8,8-bis-carboxy-octyl, 9,9-bis-carboxy-nonyl, 10,10-bis-carboxydecyl, bis-(methoxycarbonyl)-methyl, 2,2-bis-(methoxycarbonyl)-ethyl, 3,3-bis-(methoxycarbonyl)-propyl, 4,4-bis-(methoxycarbonyl)-butyl, 5,5-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-pentyl, 6,6-bis-(methoxycarbonyl)-hexyl, 7,7-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-heptyl, 8,8-bis-(methoxycarbonyl)-octyl, bis(ethoxycarbonyl)-methyl, 2,2-bis-(ethoxycarbonyl)-ethyl, 3,3-bis(ethoxycarbonyl)-propyl, 4,4-bis-(ethoxycarbonyl)-butyl, 5,5-bis(ethoxycarbonyl)-hexyl.
A alkyl or alkenyl group that is monosubstituted by CN or CF3 is preferably straight-chain. The substitution by CN or CF3 can be in any desired position.
An alkyl or alkenyl group that is at least monosubstituted by halogen, it is preferably straight-chain. Halogen is preferably F or Cl, in case of multiple substitution preferably F. The resulting groups include also perfluorinated groups. In case of monosubstitution the F or Cl substituent can be in any desired position, but is preferably in co-position. Examples for especially preferred straight-chain groups with a terminal F substituent are fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5-fluoropentyl, 6-fluorohexyl and 7-fluoroheptyl. Other positions of F are, however, not excluded.
Halogen means F, Cl, Br and I and is preferably F or Cl, most preferably F. Each of R1 to R5 and R0 may be a polar or a non-polar group. In case of a polar group, it is preferably selected from CN, SF5, halogen, OCH3, SCN, COR5, COOR5 or a mono- oligo- or polyfluorinated alkyl or alkoxy group with 1 to 4 C atoms. R5 is optionally fluorinated alkyl with 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3 C atoms. Especially preferred polar groups are selected of F, Cl, CN, OCH3, COCH3, COC2H5, COOCH3, COOC2H5, CF3, CHF2, CH2F, OCF3, OCHF2, OCH2F, C2F5 and OC2F5, in particular F, Cl, CN, CF3, OCHF2 and OCF3. In case of a non-polar group, it is preferably alkyl with up to 15 C atoms or alkoxy with 2 to 15 C atoms.
Each of R1 to R5 and R0 may be an achiral or a chiral group. In case of a chiral group it is preferably of formula I*:
- Q1 is an alkylene or alkylene-oxy group with 1 to 9 C atoms or a single bond,
- Q2 is an alkyl or alkoxy group with 1 to 10 C atoms which may be unsubstituted, mono- or polysubstituted by F, Cl, Br or CN, it being also possible for one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups to be replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —C≡C—, —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(CH3)—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO— or —CO—S— in such a manner that oxygen atoms are not linked directly to one another,
- Q3 is F, Cl, Br, CN or an alkyl or alkoxy group as defined for Q2 but being different from Q2.
In case Q1 in formula I* is an alkylene-oxy group, the O atom is preferably adjacent to the chiral C atom.
Preferred chiral groups of formula I* are 2-alkyl, 2-alkoxy, 2-methylalkyl, 2-methylalkoxy, 2-fluoroalkyl, 2-fluoroalkoxy, 2-(2-ethin)-alkyl, 2-(2-ethin)-alkoxy, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-alkyl and 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-alkoxy.
Particularly preferred chiral groups I* are 2-butyl (=1-methylpropyl), 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-propylpentyl, in particular 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutoxy, 2-methylpentoxy, 3-methylpentoxy, 2-ethylhexoxy, 1-methylhexoxy, 2-octyloxy, 2-oxa-3-methylbutyl, 3-oxa-4-methylpentyl, 4-methylhexyl, 2-hexyl, 2-octyl, 2-nonyl, 2-decyl, 2-dodecyl, 6-methoxyoctoxy, 6-methyloctoxy, 6-methyloctanoyloxy, 5-methylheptyloxycarbonyl, 2-methylbutyryloxy, 3-methylvaleroyloxy, 4-methylhexanoyloxy, 2-chlorpropionyloxy, 2-chloro-3-methylbutyryloxy, 2-chloro-4-methylvaleryloxy, 2-chloro-3-methylvaleryloxy, 2-methyl-3-oxapentyl, 2-methyl-3-oxahexyl, 1-methoxypropyl-2-oxy, 1-ethoxypropyl-2-oxy, 1-propoxypropyl-2-oxy, 1-butoxypropyl-2-oxy, 2-fluorooctyloxy, 2-fluorodecyloxy, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-octyloxy, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-octyl, 2-fluoromethyloctyloxy for example. Very preferred are 2-hexyl, 2-octyl, 2-octyloxy, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-hexyl, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-octyl and 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-octyloxy.
In addition, compounds containing an achiral branched alkyl group may occasionally be of importance, for example, due to a reduction in the tendency towards crystallization. Branched groups of this type generally do not contain more than one chain branch. Preferred achiral branched groups are isopropyl, isobutyl (=methylpropyl), isopentyl (=3-methylbutyl), isopropoxy, 2-methyl-propoxy and 3-methylbutoxy.
Preferably the liquid crystalline media according to the present invention comprise one or more reactive compounds, respectively polymerisable compounds, each comprising one, two or more reactive groups, respectively polymerizable groups. The mesogenic material preferably is stabilized in the blue phase by the formation of a polymer, which may have the form of a matrix or of a network.
For use in a display application, the temperature range of typical materials, which are exhibiting a pure blue phase (BP) on their own, generally is not wide enough. Such materially typically have a blue phase, which extends over a small temperature range of only some degrees, e.g. about 3 to 4°. Thus, an additional stabilisation, extending the temperature range of the blue phase, is needed in order to make such material suitable for practical applications such as in displays.
In order to stabilise the blue phase by the formation of a polymer, the formulated blue phase host mixture is conveniently combined with an appropriate chiral dopant (one or more suitable chiral compounds) and with one or more reactive compounds, preferably reactive mesogenic compounds (RMs). The resultant mixture is filled into the LC cell respectively display panel. The LC cell/panel is then held at a certain temperature at which the mixture is in the blue phase, e.g. it is heated or cooled until blue phase can be observed at a certain temperature. This temperature is maintained during the whole polymerisation process. The polymerisation process is typically controlled by UV irradiation of a typical medium-pressure mercury-vapour lamp. A standard condition is e.g. use of 3 mW/cm2 for 180 sec. at a wavelength of 380 nm. To avoid damage to the LC material appropriate optical filters can be used additionally.
In the following the criteria for stability of the obtained polymer stabilised blue phase (BP) are briefly be explained.
Ensuring an excellent quality of the polymer stabilisation is critical for use of PS-BP in a display application. The quality of polymer stabilization is the judged by several criteria. Optical inspection ensures a good polymerisation. Any defect and/or haziness observed in the test cell/panel is an indication of an suboptimal polymer stabilisation. Electro-optical inspection under various load/stress conditions ensures long-time stability of the PS-BP. A typical display parameter is the so-called memory effect (ME). The memory effect is defined as the ratio of the contrast ratio for switching on and of the contrast ratio for switching off as a normalized measure of the residual transmission after one or more switching cycles have been executed. A value for this memory effect of 1.0 is an indicator of an excellent polymer stabilisation. A value for this memory effect of more than 1.1 indicates insufficient stabilisation of the blue phase.
The present invention further relates to an LC medium comprising of the formula I-Z and one or more compounds selected from the group of the compounds of the formulae I-M and/or I-U and optionally of the group of formulae I-A, I-E, I-T, I-N, II, III, IV and V, a chiral dopant and one or more compounds of the formula P
Pa—(Spa)s1-(A1-Z1)n1-A2-Q-A3-(Z4-A4)n2-(Spb)s2-PbP
wherein the individual radicals have the following meanings:
Pa, Pb each, independently of one another, are a polymerisable group,
Spa, Spb each, independently of one another, denote a spacer group,
s1, s2 each, independently of one another, denote 0 or 1,
n1, n2 each, independently of one another, denote 0 or 1, preferably 0,
Pa—(Spa)s1-(A1-Z1)n1-A2-Q-A3-(Z4-A4)n2-(Spb)s2-PbP
wherein the individual radicals have the following meanings:
Pa, Pb each, independently of one another, are a polymerisable group,
Spa, Spb each, independently of one another, denote a spacer group,
s1, s2 each, independently of one another, denote 0 or 1,
n1, n2 each, independently of one another, denote 0 or 1, preferably 0,
- Q denotes —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, —(CO)O—, —O(CO)—, —(CH2)4—, —CH2CH2—, —CF2—CF2—, —CF2—CH2—, —CH2—CF2—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF═CH—, —(CH2)3O—, —O(CH2)3—, —CH═CF—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CH2—, —(CH2)3—, —CF2—, preferably —CF2O—,
- Z1, Z4 denote a single bond, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, —(CO)O—, —O(CO)—, —(CH2)4—, —CH2CH2—, —CF2—CF2—, —CF2—CH2—, —CH2—CF2—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF═CH—, —(CH2)3O—, —O(CH2)3—, —CH═CF—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CH2—, —(CH2)3—, —CF2—, where Z1 and Q or Z4 and Q do not simultaneously denote a group selected from —CF2O— and —OCF2—,
A1, A2, A3, A4- each, independently of one another, denote a diradical group selected from the following groups:
- a) the group consisting of trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene and 1,4′-bicyclohexylene, in which, in addition, one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups may be replaced by —O— and/or —S— and in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by F,
- b) the group consisting of 1,4-phenylene and 1,3-phenylene, in which, in addition, one or two CH groups may be replaced by N and in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by L,
- c) the group consisting of tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, tetrahydrofuran-2,5-diyl, cyclobutane-1,3-diyl, piperidine-1,4-diyl, thiophene-2,5-diyl and selenophene-2,5-diyl, each of which may also be mono- or polysubstituted by L,
- d) the group consisting of saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated, and optionally substituted, polycyclic radicals having 5 to 20 cyclic C atoms, one or more of which may, in addition, be replaced by heteroatoms, preferably selected from the group consisting of bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane-1,3-diyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-1,4-diyl, spiro[3.3]heptane-2,6-diyl,
-
- where, in addition, one or more H atoms in these radicals may be replaced by L, and/or one or more double bonds may be replaced by single bonds, and/or one or more CH groups may be replaced by N,
- L on each occurrence, identically or differently, denotes F, Cl, CN, SCN, SF5 or straight-chain or branched, in each case optionally fluorinated, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy having 1 to 12 C atoms,
- R03, R04 each, independently of one another, denote H, F or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 1 to 12 C atoms, in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by F,
- M denotes —O—, —S—, —CH2—, —CHY1— or —CY1Y2—, and
- Y1 and Y2 each, independently of one another, have one of the meanings indicated above for R0, or denote Cl or CN, and one of the groups Y1 and Y2 alternatively denotes —OCF3, preferably H, F, Cl, CN or CF3,
as well as to a polymer stabilized system obtainable by polymerisation of one or more compounds of the formula P alone or in combination with on or more further polymerisable compounds from a respective mixture, and to the use of such a stabilized system in electro-optical displays having a blue phase.
Compounds of the formula P used preferably according to the present invention are selected from the group consisting of the following formulae:
in which L in each occurrence, identically or differently, has one of the meanings indicated above and below, r denotes 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, s denotes 0, 1, 2 or 3, and n denotes an integer between 1 and 24, preferably between 1 and 12, very particularly preferably between 2 and 8, and in which, if a radical is not indicated at the end of a single or double bond, it is a terminal CH3 or CH2 group.
In the formulae P1 to P24,
The group A2-Q-A3 preferably denotes a group of the formula
in which at least one of the rings is substituted by at least one group L=F. r here is in each case, independently, preferably 0, 1 or 2.
Pa and Pb in the compounds of the formula P and the sub-formulae thereof preferably denote acrylate or methacrylate, furthermore fluoroacrylate. Spa and Spb in the compounds of the formula I and the sub-formulae thereof preferably denote a radical selected from the group consisting of —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO— and —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O— and mirror images thereof, in which p1 denotes an integer from 1 to 12, preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferably 1, 2 or 3, where these groups are linked to Pa or Pb in such a way that O atoms are not directly adjacent.
Of the compounds of the formula P, particular preference is given to those in which
-
- the radicals Pa and Pb are selected from the group consisting of vinyloxy, acrylate, methacrylate, fluoroacrylate, chloroacrylate, oxetane and epoxide groups, particularly preferably acrylate or methacrylate groups,
- the radicals Spa and Spb are selected from the group consisting of —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO— and —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O— and mirror images thereof, in which p1 denotes an integer from 1 to 12, preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferably 1, 2 or 3, and where these radicals are linked to Pa or Pb in such a way that 0 atoms are not directly adjacent, Compounds of formula P preferably used according to a preferred embodiment of the instant invention are those comprising exactly two rings (n1=n2=0), which are preferably 6-membered rings. Especially preferred are compounds selected from the group of compounds of the following formulae:
wherein Pa, Pb, Spa, Spb, s1 and s2 are as defined under formula P above, and preferably Spa/b is alkylene —(CH2)n— wherein n preferably is 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 and Pa/b preferably a methacrylat- or acrylate moiety. Especially preferred is the use of compounds selected from the group of formulae Pa, Pb, Pc, Pd, Pe, Pf, Pg, Ph and Pi and, in particular the compounds of formula Pa.
In formula P the moiety “A2-Q-A3” preferably is a moiety of formula
wherein preferably at least one of the two phenylene rings is substituted by at least one L, which is different from H, wherein r is independently for each ring, and preferably it is for each ring 0, 1 or 2.
For the compounds of formula P, as well as for its respective sub-formulae, preferably
Pa and Pb are, independently from each other, acrylate or methacrylate, but also fluoroacrylate,
Spa and Spb are, independently from each other, —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—, —O—(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO—, —CO—O—(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O— or —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O—, wherein p1 is an integer from 1 to 12, preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferred 1, 2 or 3, and wherein these moieties are linked with Pa or Pb in such a way that no O-atoms are linked directly to on another.
Especially preferred is the use of compounds of formula P, wherein —Pa and Pb are vinyleoxy-, acrylate-, methacrylata-, fluoroacrylate-, chloroacrylate-, oxetane- or an epoxy group, particularly preferred acrylate- or methacrylate,
-
- Spa and Spb are —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—, —O—(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO—, —CO—O—(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O— or —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O—, wherein p1 is an integer from 1 to 12, preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferred 1, 2 or 3, and wherein these moieties are linked with Pa or Pb in such a way that no O-atoms are linked directly to on another.
For the production of polymer stabilised displays according to the present invention, the polymerisable compounds are polymerised or crosslinked, in case one compound contains or more compounds contain two or more polymerisable groups, by in-situ polymerisation in the LC medium between the substrates of the LC display with application of a voltage. The polymerisation can be carried out in one step. It is preferable to carry out the polymerisation at a temperature at which the material, i.e. the mesogenic mixture comprising the chiral compounds and the polymer precursor are in the blue phase.
Suitable and preferred polymerisation methods are, for example, thermal or photopolymerisation, preferably photopolymerisation, in particular UV photopolymerisation. One or more initiators can optionally also be added here. Suitable conditions for the polymerisation and suitable types and amounts of initiators are known to the person skilled in the art and are described in the literature. Suitable for free-radical polymerisation are, for example, the commercially available photoinitiators Irgacure651®, Irgacure184®, Irgacure907®, Irgacure369® or Darocure1173® (Ciba AG). If an initiator is employed, its proportion is preferably 0.001 to 5% by weight, particularly preferably 0.001 to 1% by weight.
The polymerisable compounds according to the invention are also suitable for polymerisation without an initiator, which is accompanied by considerable advantages, such as, for example, lower material costs and in particular less contamination of the LC medium by possible residual amounts of the initiator or degradation products thereof. The polymerisation can thus also be carried out without the addition of an initiator. In a preferred embodiment, the LC medium thus comprises no polymerisation initiator.
The polymerisable component or the LC medium may also comprise one or more stabilisers in order to prevent undesired spontaneous polymerisation of the RMs, for example during storage or transport. Suitable types and amounts of stabilisers are known to the person skilled in the art and are described in the literature. Particularly suitable are, for example, the commercially available stabilisers from the Irganox® series (Ciba AG), such as, for example, Irganox® 1076. If stabilisers are employed, their proportion, based on the total amount of RMs or the polymerisable component, is preferably in the range from 10 to 10,000 ppm, particularly preferably in the range from 50 to 2,000 ppm, most preferably 0.2% or about 0.2%.
The polymerisable compounds of formula P used preferably according to the present invention can be polymerised individually, but it is also possible to polymerise mixtures which comprise two or more polymerisable compounds according to the invention, or mixtures comprising one or more polymerisable compounds according to the invention and one or more further polymerisable compounds (comonomers), which are preferably mesogenic or liquid-crystalline. In the case of polymerisation of such mixtures, copolymers form. A mixture of two or more compounds according to the invention or a mixture comprising one or more compounds according to the invention with one or more further polymerisable compounds is preferably used. The invention furthermore relates to the polymerisable mixtures mentioned above and below. The polymerisable compounds and comonomers are mesogenic or non-mesogenic, preferably mesogenic or liquid-crystalline.
Suitable and preferred co-monomers for use in polymer precursors for polymer stabilised displays according to the invention are selected, for example, from the following formulae:
- P1 and P2 each, independently of one another, a polymerisable group, preferably having one of the meanings given above or below for Pa, particularly preferred an acrylate, methacrylate, fluoroacrylate, oxetane, vinyloxy- or epoxy group,
- Sp1 and Sp2 each, independently of one another, a single bond or a spacer group, preferably having one of the meanings given above or below for Spa, particularly preferred an —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—, —(CH2)p1—CO—O— or —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O—, wherein p1 is an integer from 1 to 12, and wherein the groups mentioned last are linked to the adjacent ring via the O-atom,
- and, wherein alternatively also one or more of P1-Sp1- and P2-Sp2- may be Raa, provided that at least one of P1-Sp1- and P2-Sp2- present in the compound is not Raa,
- Raa H, F, Cl, CN or linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 25 C-atoms, wherein one or more non-adjacent —CH2— groups, independently of each another, may be replaced by
- —C(R0)═C(R00)—, —C≡C—, —N(R0)—, —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O— in such a way that neither O- nor S-atoms are directly linked to one another, and wherein also one or more H-atoms may be replaced by F, Cl, CN or P1-Sp1-, particularly preferred linear or branched, optionally single- or polyfluorinated, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkinyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, or alkylcarbonyloxy having 1 to 12 C-atoms, wherein the alkenyl- and alkinyl groups have at least two and the branched groups have at least three C-atoms,
- R0, R00 each, at each occurrence independently of one another, H or alkyl having 1 to 12 C-atoms,
- Ry and Rz each, independently of one another, H, F, CH3 or CF3,
- Z1 —O—, —CO—, —C(RyRz)—, or —CF2CF2—,
- Z2 and Z3 each, independently of one another, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, or —(CH2)n—, wherein n is 2, 3 or 4,
- L at each occurrence independently of one another, F, Cl, CN, SCN, SF5 or linear or branched, optionally mono- or polyfluorinated, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkinyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy having 1 to 12 C-atoms, preferably F,
- L′ and L″ each, independently of one another, H, F or Cl,
- r 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
- s 0, 1, 2 or 3,
- t 0, 1 or 2, and
- x 0 or 1.
Suitable and preferred co-monomers for use in displays according to the present application operable and/or operating at a temperature where the mesogenic medium is in the blue are for example selected from the group of mono-reactive compounds, which are present in the precursor of the polymer stabilised systems in a concentration in the range from 1 to 9 wt.-%, particularly preferred from 4 to 7 wt.-%. Preferred mono-reactive compounds are the compounds of formulae M1 bis M29, wherein one or more of P1-Sp1- and P2-Sp2- are Rest Raa, such that the compounds have a single reactive group only.
Particularly preferred mono-reactive compounds are the compounds of the following formulae
Amongst these the compounds of the formula
- n is an integer, preferably an even integer, in the range from 1 to 16, preferably from 2 to 8,
- m is an integer in the range from 1 to 15, preferably from 2 to 7, are especially preferred.
Particular preference is given to an LC medium, an LC display, a process or the use as described above and below in which the LC medium or the polymerisable or polymerised component present therein comprises one or more compounds of the following formula:
in which Pa, Pb, Spa, Spb, s1, s2 and L have the meanings indicated above and below, r denotes 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, and Z2 and Z3 each, independently of one another, denote —CF2—O— or —O—CF2—, preferably Z2 is —CF2—O— and Z3 is —O—CF2— or vice versa, and, most preferably, Z2 is —CF2—O— and Z3 is —O—CF2—.
The compounds of formula I are accessible by the usual methods known to the expert. Starting materials may be, e.g., compounds of the following types, which are either commercially available or accessible by published methods:
Preferably the liquid crystalline media according to the instant invention contain a component A comprising, preferably predominantly consisting of and most preferably entirely consisting of compounds of formula I.
“Comprising” in this application means in the context of compositions that the entity referred to, e.g. the medium or the component, contains the compound or compounds in question, preferably in a total concentration of 10% or more and most preferably of 20% or more.
“Predominantly consisting of”, in this context, means that the entity referred to contains 80% or more, preferably 90% or more and most preferably 95% or more of the compound or compounds in question.
“Entirely consisting of”, in this context, means that the entity referred to contains 98% or more, preferably 99% or more and most preferably 100.0% of the compound or compounds in question.
The concentration of the compounds according to the present application contained in the media according to the present application preferably is in the range from 0.5% or more to 70% or less, more preferably in the range from 1% or more to 60% or less and most preferably in the range from 5% or more to 50% or less.
In a preferred embodiment the mesogenic modulation media according to the instant invention comprise
-
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-Z, preferably in a total concentration of 1% to 40% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 2% to 22% by weight, and/or
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-M, preferably in a total concentration of 5% to 40% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 15% to 35% by weight, and/or
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-U, preferably in a total concentration of 5% to 30% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 10% to 25% by weight, and/or
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-A, preferably in a total concentration of 5% to 30% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 10% to 25% by weight, and/or
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-T, preferably in a total concentration of 30% to 70% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 45% to 65% by weight, and
- preferably in a concentration of each single compound from 3% to 17%, more preferably from 5% to 15% by weight for each single compound present, and/or
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-N, preferably in a total concentration of 5% to 45% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 15% to 40% by weight, and
- preferably in a concentration of each single compound from 1% to 17%, more preferably from 3% to 15% by weight for each single compound present, and/or
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-E, preferably in a total concentration of 3% to 30% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 5% to 25% by weight, and most preferably
- in a concentration of case of 1% to 15%, more preferably from 3% to 11% by weight for each single compound present, and/or
- optionally, preferably obligatorily, one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae IV and V, if present, preferably in a concentration of 1% to 15% by weight, and/or
- of one or more chiral compounds with a HTP of ≧20 μm−1, preferably in a concentration of 1% to 20% by weight, and/or
- optionally, preferably obligatorily, a polymer precursor, comprising reactive compounds, preferably comprising reactive mesogens, which, upon polymerisation, are able to, and preferably do stabilize the phase range of the blue phase and/or decrease the temperature dependence of the electro-optical effect, preferably in a concentration in the range from 5% or more to 15% or less, preferably from 7% or more to 12% or less and most preferably from 8% or more to 11% or less.
In this application, unless explicitly stated otherwise
-
- the concentrations of the constituents of the host mixtures are given with respect to the total host mixture, i.e. excluding the chiral dopant(s) and the polymer precursor,
- the concentrations of the chiral dopant(s) are given with respect to the total host including mixture the chiral dopant(s) but excluding the polymer precursor,
- the concentrations of polymer precursor and its constituents are given with respect to the total mixture total, i.e. the mixture consisting of the host mixture, the chiral dopant(s) and the polymer precursor,
The inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-Z, and I-M and/or I-U, preferably in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 35% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 25% or less and most preferably from 10% or more to 20% or less.
In particular, the inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-Z in a total concentration in the range from 4% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 5% or more to 20% or less and most preferably from 6% or more to 15% or less.
In particular, the inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-M in a total concentration in the range from 4% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 5% or more to 20% or less and most preferably from 6% or more to 15% or less.
In particular, the inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-U in a total concentration in the range from 4% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 5% or more to 20% or less and most preferably from 6% or more to 15% or less.
The inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds of formulae I-T and I-N and optionally I-A and/or I-E, preferably in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 70% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 50% or less and most preferably from 20% or more to 40% or less.
In particular, the inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-T in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 60% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 50% or less and most preferably from 12% or more to 40% or less.
In particular, the inventive mixtures preferably comprise one or more compounds of formula I-N in a total concentration in the range from 5% or more to 40% or less, preferably from 10% or more to 30% or less and most preferably from 11% or more to 25% or less.
In case the inventive mixtures comprise one or more compounds of formula I-A, total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 3% or more to 30% or less, preferably from 4% or more to 15% or less and most preferably from 5% or more to 11% or less.
In case the inventive mixtures comprise one or more compounds of formula I-E-1, the total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 1% or more to 35% or less, preferably from 3% or more to 30% or less and most preferably from 4% or more to 25% or less.
In case the inventive mixtures comprise one or more compounds of formula I-E-2, the total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 1% or more to 35% or less, preferably from 3% or more to 30% or less and most preferably from 4% or more to 25% or less.
In case the inventive mixtures comprise one or more compounds of formula V the total concentration of these compounds preferably is in the range from 1% or more to 15% or less, preferably from 2% or more to 10% or less and most preferably from 5% or more to 8% or less.
Suitable chiral compounds are those, which have an absolute value of the helical twisting power of 20 μm−1 or more, preferably of 40 μm−1 or more and most preferably of 60 μm−1 or more. The HTP is measured in the liquid crystalline medium MLC-6260 at a temperature of 20° C.
The mesogenic media according to the present invention comprise preferably one or more chiral compounds which have a mesogenic structure and exhibit preferably one or more meso-phases themselves, particularly at least one cholesteric phase. Preferred chiral compounds being comprised in the mesogenic media are, amongst others, well known chiral dopants like cholesteryl-nonanoate (also short CN), R/S-811, R/S-1011, R/S-2011, R/S-3011, R/S-4011, R/S-5011, CB-15 (all Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany). Preferred are chiral dopants having one or more chiral moieties and one or more mesogenic groups or having one or more aromatic or alicyclic moieties forming, together with the chiral moiety, a mesogenic group. More preferred are chiral moieties and mesogenic chiral compounds disclosed in DE 34 25 503, DE 35 34 777, DE 35 34 778, DE 35 34 779, DE 35 34 780, DE 43 42 280, EP 01 038 941 and DE 195 41 820 that disclosure is incorporated within this application by way of reference. Particular preference is given to chiral binaphthyl derivatives as disclosed in EP 01 111 954.2, chiral binaphthol derivatives as disclosed in WO 02/34739, chiral TADDOL derivatives as disclosed in WO 02/06265 as well as chiral dopants having at least one fluorinated linker and one end chiral moiety or one central chiral moiety as disclosed in WO 02/06196 and WO 02/06195.
In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention the medium comprises
-
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-Z, preferably of formula I-Z-3, preferably in a total concentration of 3% to 30% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 5% to 25% by weight, and/or, preferably and
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-E, preferably of formula I-E-1, preferably in a total concentration of 1% to 20% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 4% to 15% by weight, and/or, preferably and
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-N, preferably of formula I-N-2, preferably in a total concentration of 3% to 30% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 5% to 15% by weight, and/or, preferably and
- one compound or more compounds of formula I-T, preferably of formula I-T-2, preferably in a total concentration of 10% to 30% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 15% to 25% by weight, and/or, preferably and
- one compound or more compounds of formula IV, preferably of formula IV-3, preferably in a total concentration of 10% to 40% by weight, more preferably in a concentration of 20% to 30% by weight.
The mesogenic medium of the present invention has a characteristic temperature, preferably a clearing point, in the range from about +30° C. to about 90° C., especially up to about 70° C. or even 80° C.
The inventive mixtures preferably contain one or more (two, three, four or more) chiral compounds in the range of 1-25 wt.-%, preferably 2-20 wt.-%, each. Especially preferred are mixtures containing 3-15 wt.-% total of one or more chiral compounds.
Preferred embodiments are indicated below:
-
- the medium comprises one, two, three, four or more compounds of formula I-T, preferably of formula I-T-1 and/or 1-T-2, and/or
- the medium comprises one, two, three, four or more compounds of formula I-N, preferably of formula I-N-1 and/or 1-N-2, and/or
- the medium comprises one, two, three, four or more compounds of formula I-E, preferably of formula I-E-1, and/or
- the medium comprises one, two or more compounds of formula II, preferably of formula II-3, and/or
- the medium comprises one or more compounds of formula III and/or
- the medium comprises one, two or more compounds of formula IV, preferably of formula IV-2, and/or
- the medium comprises one, two, three or more compounds of formula V, and/or
- the medium comprises one, two, three or more chiral compounds, preferably having a helical twisting power of 20 μm−1 or more, and/or
- the medium comprises one, two or more reactive compounds, preferably one two or more reactive mesogenic compounds, preferably of formulae P, preferably of one or more of its sub-formulae, and/or one or more reactive mesogenic compounds selected from the group of formulae M1 to M29, preferably of formulae M16-A and/or M17-A, more preferably of formula M17-A′.
It has been found that even a relatively small proportion of compounds of the formulae I-M and/or I-U mixed with conventional liquid-crystal materials, but in particular with one or more compounds of the formulae I-A and/or I-E and/or I-N and/or I-T and/or II and/or III, leads to a lower operating voltage and a broader operating temperature range. Preference is given, in particular, to mixtures which, besides one or more compounds of the formulae I-M and/or I-U, comprise one or more compounds of the formula III, in particular compounds of the formula III in which R3 is n-butyl.
The compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U, I-A, I-E, I-N, I-T, and II to V are colourless, stable and readily miscible with one another and with other liquid-crystalline materials.
The optimum mixing ratio of the compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M and/or I-U and optionally I-A, I-E, I-N and I-T, and II to V depends substantially on the desired properties, on the choice of the components of the formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U and/or I-A and/or I-E and/or I-N and/or I-T, and/or II to V, and on the choice of any other components that may be present. Suitable mixing ratios within the range given above can easily be determined from case to case.
The total amount of compounds of the respective individual formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U, I-A, I-E, I-N and I-T a in the mixtures according to the invention is in many cases not crucial, as long as the total amount of compounds is 85% or more.
The mixtures can therefore comprise one or more further components for the purposes of optimisation of various properties. However, the observed effect on the operating voltage and the operating temperature range is generally greater, the higher the total concentration of compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M and/or I-U and optionally I-A and/or I-E and/or I-N and/or I-T.
The individual compounds of the formulae I-Z, I-M, I-U, I-A, I-E, I-N, I-T, and II to V, which can be preferably used in the media according to the invention, are either known or can be prepared analogously to the known compounds.
The construction of the MLC display according to the invention from polarisers, electrode base plates and surface-treated electrodes corresponds to the conventional construction for displays of this type. The term conventional construction is broadly drawn here and also covers all derivatives and modifications of the MLC display, in particular including matrix display elements based on poly-Si TFT or MIM, however, particularly preferred are displays, which have electrodes on just one of the substrates, i.e. so called inter-digital electrodes, as those used in IPS displays, preferably in one of the established structures.
A significant difference between the displays according to the invention and the conventional displays based on the twisted nematic cell consists, however, in the choice of the liquid-crystal parameters of the liquid-crystal layer.
The media according to the invention are prepared in a manner conventional per se. In general, the components are dissolved in one another, advantageously at elevated temperature. By means of suitable additives, the liquid-crystalline phases in accordance with the invention can be modified in such a way that they can be used in all types of liquid crystal display elements that have been disclosed hitherto. Additives of this type are known to the person skilled in the art and are described in detail in the literature (H. Kelker and R. Hatz, Handbook of Liquid Crystals, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1980). For example, pleochroic dyes can be added for the preparation of coloured guest-host systems or substances can be added in order to modify the dielectric anisotropy, the viscosity and/or the alignment of the nematic phases. Furthermore, stabilisers and antioxidants can be added.
The mixtures according to the invention are suitable for TN, STN, ECB and IPS applications and isotropic switching mode (ISM) applications. Hence, there use in an electro-optical device and an electro-optical device containing liquid crystal media comprising at least one compound according to the invention are subject matters of the present invention.
The inventive mixtures are highly suitable for devices, which operate in an optically isotropic state. The mixtures of the invention are surprisingly found to be highly suitable for the respective use.
Electro-optical devices that are operated or operable in an optically isotropic state recently have become of interest with respect to video, TV, and multi-media applications. This is, because conventional liquid crystal displays utilizing electro-optical effects based on the physical properties of liquid crystals exhibit a rather high switching time, which is undesired for said applications. Furthermore most of the conventional displays show a significant viewing angle dependence of contrast that in turn makes necessary measures to compensate this undesired property.
With regard to devices utilizing electro-optical effects in an isotropic state the German Patent Application DE 102 17 273 A1 for example discloses light-controlling (light modulation) elements in which the mesogenic controlling medium for modulation is in the isotropic phase at the operating temperature. These light controlling elements have a very short switching time and a good viewing angle dependence of contrast. However, the driving or operating voltages of said elements are very often unsuitably high for some applications.
German Patent Application DE 102 41 301 A1 describes specific structures of electrodes allowing a significant reduction of the driving voltages. However, these electrodes make the process of manufacturing the light controlling elements more complicated.
Furthermore, the light controlling elements, for example, disclosed in both DE 102 17 273 A1 and DE 102 41 301 show significant temperature dependence. The electro-optical effect that can be induced by the electrical field in the controlling medium being in an optical isotropic state is most pronounced at temperatures close to the clearing point of the controlling medium. In this range the light controlling elements have the lowest values of their characteristic voltages and, thus, require the lowest operating voltages. As temperature increases, the characteristic voltages and hence the operating voltages increase remarkably. Typical values of the temperature dependence are in the range from about a few volts per centigrade up to about ten or more volts per centigrade. While DE 102 41 301 describes various structures of electrodes for devices operable or operated in the isotropic state, DE 102 17 273 A1 discloses isotropic media of varying composition that are useful in light controlling elements operable or operated in the isotropic state. The relative temperature dependence of the threshold voltage in these light controlling elements is at a temperature of 1 centigrade above the clearing point in the range of about 50%/centigrade. That temperature dependence decreases with increasing temperature so that it is at a temperature of 5 centigrade above the clearing point of about 10%/centigrade. However, for many practical applications of displays utilizing said light controlling elements the temperature dependence of the electro-optical effect is too high. To the contrary, for practical uses it is desired that the operating voltages are independent from the operating temperature over a temperature range of at least some centi-grades, preferably of about 5 centi-grades or more, even more preferably of about 10 centi-grades or more and especially of about 20 centi-grades or more.
Now it has been found that the use of the inventive mixtures are highly suitable as controlling media in the light controlling elements as described above and in DE 102 17 273 A1, DE 102 41 301 A1 and DE 102 536 06 A1 and broaden the temperature range in which the operating voltages of said electro-optical operates. In this case the optical isotropic state or the blue phase is almost completely or completely independent from the operating temperature.
This effect is even more distinct if the mesogenic controlling media exhibit at least one so-called “blue phase” as described in WO 2004/046 805 A1. Liquid crystals having an extremely high chiral twist may have one or more optically isotropic phases. If they have a respective cholesteric pitch, these phases might appear bluish in a cell having a sufficiently large cell gap. Those phases are therefore also called “blue phases” (Gray and Goodby, “Smectic Liquid Crystals, Textures and Structures”, Leonhard Hill, USA, Canada (1984)). Effects of electrical fields on liquid crystals existing in a blue phase are described for instance in H. S. Kitzerow, “The Effect of Electric Fields on Blue Phases”, Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst. (1991), Vol. 202, p. 51-83, as well as the three types of blue phases identified so far, namely BP I, BP II, and BP III, that may be observed in field-free liquid crystals. It is noteworthy, that if the liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase or blue phases is subjected to an electrical field, further blue phases or other phases different from the blue phases I, II and III might appear.
The inventive mixtures can be used in an electro-optical light-controlling element which comprises
-
- one or more, especially two substrates;
- an assembly of electrodes;
- one or more elements for polarizing the light; and
- said controlling medium;
whereby said light-controlling element is operated (or operable) at a temperature at which the controlling medium is in an optically isotropic phase when it is in a non-driven state.
The controlling medium of the present invention has a characteristic temperature, preferably a clearing point, in the range from about −30° C. to about 90° C., especially up to about 70° C. to 80° C.
The operating temperature of the light controlling elements is preferably above the characteristic temperature of the controlling medium said temperature being usually the transition temperature of the controlling medium to the blue phase; generally the operating temperature is in the range of about 0.1° to about 50°, preferably in the range of about 0.1° to about 10° above said characteristic temperature. It is highly preferred that the operating temperature is in the range from the transition temperature of the controlling medium to the blue phase up to the transition temperature of the controlling medium to the isotropic phase which is the clearing point. The light controlling elements, however, may also be operated at temperatures at which the controlling medium is in the isotropic phase.
For the purposes of the present invention the term “characteristic temperature” is defined as follows:
-
- If the characteristic voltage as a function of temperature has a minimum, the temperature at this minimum is denoted as characteristic temperature.
- If the characteristic voltage as a function of temperature has no minimum and if the controlling medium has one or more blue phases, the transition temperature to the blue phase is denoted as characteristic temperature; in case there are more than one blue phase, the lowest transition temperature to a blue phase is denoted as characteristic temperature.
- If the characteristic voltage as a function of temperature has no minimum, and if the controlling medium has no blue phase, the transition temperature to the isotropic phase is denoted as characteristic temperature.
In the context of the present invention the term “alkyl” means, as long as it is not defined in a different manner elsewhere in this description or in the claims, straight-chain and branched hydrocarbon (aliphatic) radicals with 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon radicals may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents being independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I or CN.
The dielectrics may also comprise further additives known to the person skilled in the art and described in the literature. For example, 0 to 5% of pleochroic dyes, antioxidants or stabilizers can be added.
C denotes a crystalline phase, S a smectic phase, SC a smectic C phase, N a nematic phase, I the isotropic phase and BP the blue phase.
VX denotes the voltage for X % transmission. Thus e.g. V10 denotes the voltage for 10% transmission and V100 denotes the voltage for 100% transmission (viewing angle perpendicular to the plate surface). ton (respectively τon) denotes the switch-on time and toff (respectively τoff) the switch-off time at an operating voltage corresponding the value of V100, respectively of Vmax. ton is the time for the change of the relative transmission from 10% to 90% and toff is the time for the change of the relative transmission from 90% to 10%. The response times are determined with the measurement instrument DMS from Autronic Melchers, Germany, just as the electro-optical characteristics.
Δn denotes the optical anisotropy. Δ∈ denotes the dielectric anisotropy (Δ∈=∈∥−∈⊥, where ∈∥ denotes the dielectric constant parallel to the longitudinal molecular axes and ∈⊥ denotes the dielectric constant perpendicular thereto). The electro-optical data are measured in a TN cell at the 1st minimum of transmission (i.e. at a (d·Δn) value of 0.5 μm) at 20° C., unless expressly stated otherwise. The optical data are measured at 20° C., unless expressly stated otherwise.
Optionally, the light modulation media according to the present invention can comprise further liquid crystal compounds in order to adjust the physical properties. Such compounds are known to the expert. Their concentration in the media according to the instant invention is preferably 0% to 30%, more preferably 0% to 20% and most preferably 5% to 15%.
Preferably inventive media have a range of the blue phase or, in case of the occurrence of more than one blue phase, a combined range of the blue phases, with a width of 20° or more, preferably of 40° or more, more preferably of 50° or more and most preferably of 60° or more.
In a preferred embodiment this phase range is at least from 10° C. to 30° C., most preferably at least from 10° C. to 40° C. and most preferably at least from 0° C. to 50° C., wherein at least means, that preferably the phase extends to temperatures below the lower limit and at the same time, that it extends to temperatures above the upper limit.
In another preferred embodiment this phase range is at least from 20° C. to 40° C., most preferably at least from 30° C. to 80° C. and most preferably at least from 30° C. to 90° C. This embodiment is particularly suited for displays with a strong backlight, dissipating energy and thus heating the display.
Preferably the inventive media have a dielectric anisotropy of 150 or more, more preferably of 200 or more, even more preferably of 300 or more and most preferably of 400 or more. In particular, the value of dielectric anisotropy of the inventive media is preferably 700 or less, more preferably 550 or less and, most preferably 500 or less.
In the present application the term dielectrically positive compounds describes compounds with Δ∈>1,5, dielectrically neutral compounds are compounds with −1,5≦Δ∈1,5 and dielectrically negative compounds are compounds with Δ∈<−1,5. The same holds for components. Δ∈ is determined at 1 kHz and 20° C. The dielectric anisotropies of the compounds is determined from the results of a solution of 10% of the individual compounds in a nematic host mixture. The capacities of these test mixtures are determined both in a cell with homeotropic and with homogeneous alignment. The cell gap of both types of cells is approximately 20 μm. The voltage applied is a rectangular wave with a frequency of 1 kHz and a root mean square value typically of 0.5 V to 1.0 V, however, it is always selected to be below the capacitive threshold of the respective test mixture.
For dielectrically positive compounds the mixture ZLI-4792 and for dielectrically neutral, as well as for dielectrically negative compounds, the mixture ZLI-3086, both of Merck KGaA, Germany are used as host mixture, respectively. The dielectric permitivities of the compounds are determined from the change of the respective values of the host mixture upon addition of the compounds of interest and are extrapolated to a concentration of the compounds of interest of 100%.
Components having a nematic phase at the measurement temperature of 20° C. are measured as such, all others are treated like compounds.
The term threshold voltage refers in the instant application to the optical threshold and is given for 10% relative contrast (V10) and the term saturation voltage refers to the optical saturation and is given for 90 relative contrast (V90) both, if not explicitly stated otherwise. The capacitive threshold voltage (V0, also called Freedericksz-threshold VFr) is only used if explicitly mentioned.
The ranges of parameters given in this application are all including the limiting values, unless explicitly stated otherwise.
Throughout this application, unless explicitly stated otherwise, all concentrations are given in mass percent and relate to the respective complete mixture, all temperatures are given in degrees centigrade (Celsius) and all differences of temperatures in degrees centigrade. All physical properties have been and are determined according to “Merck Liquid Crystals, Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals”, Status November 1997, Merck KGaA, Germany and are given for a temperature of 20° C., unless explicitly stated otherwise. The optical anisotropy (Δn) is determined at a wavelength of 589.3 nm. The dielectric anisotropy (Δ∈) is determined at a frequency of 1 kHz. The threshold voltages, as well as all other electrooptical properties have been determined with test cells prepared at Merck KGaA, Germany. The test cells for the determination of Δ∈ had a cell gap of 22 μm. The electrode was a circular ITO electrode with an area of 1.13 cm2 and a guard ring. The orientation layers were lecithin for homeotropic orientation (∈∥) and polyimide AL-1054 from Japan Synthetic Rubber for homogenous orientation (∈⊥). The capacities were determined with a frequency response analyser Solatron 1260 using a sine wave with a voltage of 0.3 or 0.1 Vrms. The light used in the electro-optical measurements was white light. The set up used was a commercially available equipment of Otsuka, Japan. The characteristic voltages have been determined under perpendicular observation. The threshold voltage (V10), mid-grey voltage (V50) and saturation voltage (V90) have been determined for 10%, 50% and 90% relative contrast, respectively.
The mesogenic modulation material has been filled into an electro optical test cell prepared at the respective facility of Merck KGaA. The test cells had inter-digital electrodes on one substrate side. The electrode width was 10 μm, the distance between adjacent electrodes was 10 μm and the cell gap was also 10 μm. This test cell has been evaluated electro-optically between crossed polarisers.
At low temperatures, the filled cells showed the typical texture of a chiral nematic mixture, with an optical transmission between crossed polarisers without applied voltage. Upon heating, at a first temperature (T1) the mixtures turned optically isotropic, being dark between the crossed polarisers. This indicated the transition from the chiral nematic phase to the blue phase at that temperature. Up to a second temperature (T2) the cell showed an electro-optical effect under applied voltage, typically of some tens of volts, a certain voltage in that range leading to a maximum of the optical transmission. Typically at a higher temperature the voltage needed for a visible electro-optical effect increased strongly, indicating the transition from the blue phase to the isotropic phase at this second temperature (T2).
The temperature range (ΔT(BP)), where the mixture can be used electro-optically in the blue phase most beneficially has been identified as ranging from T1 to T2. This temperature range (ΔT(BP)) is the temperature range given in the examples of this application. The electro-optical displays can also be operated at temperatures beyond this range, i.e. at temperatures above T2, albeit only at significantly increased operation voltages.
The liquid crystal media according to the present invention can contain further additives and chiral dopants in usual concentrations. The total concentration of these further constituents is in the range of 0% to 10%, preferably 0.1% to 6%, based in the total mixture. The concentrations of the individual compounds used each are preferably in the range of 0.1 to 3%. The concentration of these and of similar additives is not taken into consideration for the values and ranges of the concentrations of the liquid crystal components and compounds of the liquid crystal media in this application.
The inventive liquid crystal media according to the present invention consist of several compounds, preferably of 3 to 30, more preferably of 5 to 20 and most preferably of 6 to 14 compounds. These compounds are mixed in conventional way. As a rule, the required amount of the compound used in the smaller amount is dissolved in the compound used in the greater amount. In case the temperature is above the clearing point of the compound used in the higher concentration, it is particularly easy to observe completion of the process of dissolution. It is, however, also possible to prepare the media by other conventional ways, e.g. using so called pre-mixtures, which can be e. g. homologous or eutectic mixtures of compounds or using so called multi-bottle-systems, the constituents of which are ready to use mixtures themselves.
By addition of suitable additives, the liquid crystal media according to the instant invention can be modified in such a way, that they are usable in all known types of liquid crystal displays, either using the liquid crystal media as such, like TN-, TN-AMD, ECB-, VAN-AMD (vertically aligned nematicactive matrix display) and in particular in composite systems, like PDLC—(polymer dispersed liquid crystal), NCAP—(nematically curvilinerarily aligned polymer) and PN—(polymer network) LCDs and especially in HPDLCs (holographic PDLCs).
The melting point: T(K,N), T(K,S) or T(K,I), respectively, the transition temperature from one smectic phase (Sx) to another smectic phase (SY): T(Sx,SY), the transition temperature from the smectic (S) to the nematic (N) phase: T(S,N), the clearing point: T (N,I), and the glass transition temperature: Tg of the liquid crystals, as applicable, as well as any other temperature throughout this application, are given in degrees centigrade (i.e. Celsius).
The compounds of the formula P and the sub-formulae thereof can be prepared analogously to the process known to the person skilled in the art and described in standard works of organic chemistry, such as, for example, in Houben-Weyl, Methoden der organischen Chemie [Methods of Organic Chemistry], Thieme-Verlag, Stuttgart.
Particularly suitable and preferred processes for the preparation of compounds of the formula P and the sub-formulae thereof are shown by way of example in the following schemes and preferably comprise one or more of the steps described below.
The person skilled in the art will be able to modify the synthesis in a suitable manner and thus obtain further compounds according to the invention. The particularly preferred compounds containing an alkoxy spacer or acrylates bonded directly to the ring are obtained, for example, by reaction of phenol derivatives, such as, for example, compound 12, with the dithianylium salts 13. The compounds 14 formed initially here are converted into the compounds 15. The hydroxyl group can subsequently be functionalised in a suitable manner, for example by esterification using methacrylic acid (cf. Scheme 1).
The compounds of formula P wherein the rings are linked by an —CF2—O— group and the reactive groups are attached to the rings via an alkylene spacer group, which are used according to the present invention in a particularly preferred embodiment, can be prepared according to the following scheme.
In the present invention and especially in the following examples, the structures of the mesogenic compounds are indicated by means of abbreviations, also called acronyms. In these acronyms, the chemical formulae are abbreviated as follows using Tables A to C below. All groups CnH2n+1, CmH2m+1 and ClH2l+1 or CnH2n−1, CmH2m−1 and ClH2l−1 denote straight-chain alkyl or alkenyl, preferably 1E-alkenyl, each having n, m and l C atoms respectively. Table A lists the codes used for the ring elements of the core structures of the compounds, while Table B shows the linking groups. Table C gives the meanings of the codes for the left-hand or right-hand end groups. The acronyms are composed of the codes for the ring elements with optional linking groups, followed by a first hyphen and the codes for the left-hand end group, and a second hyphen and the codes for the right-hand end group. Table D shows illustrative structures of compounds together with their respective abbreviations.
TABLE B |
Linking groups |
E | —CH2CH2— | Z | —CO—O— | |
V | —CH═CH— | ZI | —O—CO— | |
X | —CF═CH— | O | —CH2—O— | |
XI | —CH═CF— | OI | —O—CH2— | |
B | —CF═CF— | Q | —CF2—O— | |
T | —C≡C— | QI | —O—CF2— | |
W | —CF2CF2— | T | —C≡C— | |
TABLE C |
End groups |
Left-hand side | Right-hand side |
Use alone |
-n- | CnH2n+1— | -n | —CnH2n+1 |
-nO- | CnH2n+1—O— | -nO | —O—CnH2n+1 |
-V- | CH2═CH— | -V | —CH═CH2 |
-nV- | CnH2n+1—CH═CH— | -nV | —CnH2n—CH═CH2 |
-Vn- | CH2═CH—CnH2n+1— | -Vn | —CH═CH—CnH2n+1 |
-nVm- | CnH2n+1—CH═CH—CmH2m— | -nVm | —CnH2n—CH═CH—CmH2m+1 |
-N- | N≡C— | -N | —C≡N |
-S- | S═C═N— | -S | —N═C═S |
-F- | F— | -F | —F |
-CL- | Cl— | -CL | —Cl |
-M- | CFH2— | -M | —CFH2 |
-D- | CF2H— | -D | —CF2H |
-T- | CF3— | -T | —CF3 |
-MO- | CFH2O— | -OM | —OCFH2 |
-DO- | CF2HO— | -OD | —OCF2H |
-TO- | CF3O— | -OT | —OCF3 |
-OXF- | CF2═CH—O— | -OXF | —O—CH═CF2 |
-A- | H—C≡C— | -A | —C≡C—H |
-nA- | CnH2n+1—C≡C— | -An | —C≡C—CnH2n+1 |
-NA- | N≡C—C≡C— | -AN | —C≡C—C≡N |
Use together with one another and/or with others |
-...A...- | —C≡C— | -...A... | —C≡C— |
-...V...- | CH═CH— | -...V... | —CH═CH— |
-...Z...- | —CO—O— | -...Z... | —CO—O— |
-...ZI...- | —O—CO— | -...ZI... | —O—CO— |
-...K...- | —CO— | -...K... | —CO— |
-...W...- | —CF═CF— | -...W... | —CF═CF— |
in which n and m each denote integers, and the three dots “ . . . ” are placeholders for other abbreviations from this table.
The following table shows illustrative structures together with their respective abbreviations. These are shown in order to illustrate the meaning of the rules for the abbreviations. They furthermore represent compounds which are preferably used.
TABLE D |
Illustrative structures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in which n (and, if present, also m and l) preferably, independently of one another, denote(s) an integer from 1 to 7, preferably from 2 to 6.
The following table, Table E, shows illustrative compounds which can be used as stabiliser in the mesogenic media according to the present invention.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the mesogenic media comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of the compounds from Table E.
The following table, Table F, shows illustrative compounds which can preferably be used as chiral dopants in the mesogenic media according to the present invention.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the mesogenic media comprise one or more compounds selected from the group of the compounds from Table F.
The mesogenic media according to the present application preferably comprise two or more, preferably four or more, compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds from the above tables.
The liquid-crystal media according to the present invention preferably comprise
-
- seven or more, preferably eight or more, compounds, preferably compounds having three or more, preferably four or more, different formulae, selected from the group of the compounds from Table D.
The examples below illustrate the present invention without limiting it in any way.
However, the physical properties show the person skilled in the art what properties can be achieved and in what ranges they can be modified. In particular, the combination of the various properties which can preferably be achieved is thus well defined for the person skilled in the art.
Liquid-crystal mixtures having the composition and properties as indicated in the following tables are prepared and investigated.
The so-called “HTP” denotes the helical twisting power of an optically active or chiral substance in an LC medium (in μm−1). Unless indicated otherwise, the HTP is measured in the commercially available nematic LC host mixture MLD-6260 (Merck KGaA) at a temperature of 20° C.
92.0 g (0.200 mol) of 2-(4-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)-5,6-dihydro-4H-1,3-dithiyn-1-ylium triflate are initially introduced in 600 ml of dichloromethane (short DCM), and a solution of 52.0 g (0.300 mol) of 4-bromophenol in 200 ml of DCM and 45 ml of triethylamine is added at −70° C. When the addition is complete, the mixture is stirred at −70° C. for a further 1 h, 160 ml (1.00 mol) of triethylamine trishydrofluoride are added, and a solution of 51.0 ml (0.996 mol) of bromine in 200 ml of DCM is subsequently added in drops. After 1 h, the cooling is removed, and, after warming to −10° C., the batch is added to a solution of 310 ml of 32 percent sodium hydroxide solution in 2 l of ice-water. The org. phase is separated off and washed with water. The aqueous phase is extracted with DCM, and the combined org. phases are dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent is removed in vacuo, and the residue is filtered through silica gel with heptane, giving 5-bromo-2-[(4-bromophenoxy)-difluoromethyl]-1,3-difluorobenzene as a yellow oil.
19F-NMR (CDCl3, 235 MHz)
δ=−63.1 ppm (t, J=26.7 Hz, 2F, —CF2O—), −112 (dt, J=9.7 Hz, J=26.7 Hz, 2 F, Ar—F).
10.7 g (25.8 mmol) of 5-bromo-2-[(4-bromophenoxy)difluoromethyl]-1,3-difluorobenzene and 8.00 g (81.5 mmol) of hex-5-yn-1-ol are initially introduced in 11.3 ml of triethylamine and 500 ml of toluene, 1.50 g (2 mmol) of bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride and 0.700 g (3.68 mmol) of copper(I) iodide are added, and the mixture is heated under reflux overnight. The batch is subsequently added to water, neutralised using 2 N hydrochloric acid and extracted three times with toluene. The combined org. phases are dried over sodium sulphate, the solvent is removed in vacuo, and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel firstly with toluene and then with toluene/ethyl acetate (4:1), giving 6-(4-{difluoro[4-(6-hydroxyhex-1-ynyl)phenoxy]methyl}-3,5-difluorophenyl)hex-5-yn-1-ol as a colourless solid.
6-(4-{Difluoro[4-(6-hydroxyhex-1-ynyl)phenoxy]methyl}-3,5-difluorophenyl)-hex-5-yn-1-ol is hydrogenated to completion on palladium/active carbon catalyst in tetrahydrofurane (short THF). The catalyst is filtered off, the solvent is removed in vacuo, and the crude product is chromatographed on silica gel with toluene/ethyl acetate (1:2), giving 6-(4-{difluoro[4-(6-hydroxyhexyl)phenoxy]methyl}-3,5-difluorophenyl)hexan-1-ol as a colourless solid.
19F-NMR (CDCl3, 235 MHz)
δ=−60.8 ppm (t, J=26.3 Hz, 2 F, —CF2O—), −112 (dt, J=10.0 Hz, J=26.3 Hz, 2 F, Ar—F).
17.0 g (37.2 mmol) of 6-(4-{difluoro[4-(6-hydroxyhexyl)phenoxy]methyl}-3,5-difluorophenyl)hexan-1-01, 8.05 g (112 mmol) of acrylic acid and 0.5 g of DMAP are initially introduced in 300 ml of DCM, and a solution of 17.3 g (112 mmol) of EDC in 75 ml of DCM is added in drops with ice cooling. After 1 h, the cooling is removed, and the batch is left to stir overnight at room temp. The vast majority of the solvent is removed in vacuo, and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel with DCM, giving 6-(4-{[4-(6-acryloyloxyhexyl)phenoxy]difluoromethyl}-3,5-difluorophenyl)hexyl acrylate as a colourless oil.
Phase behaviour: Tg −71° C. K 13 I.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 250 MHz)
δ=1.25-1.48 ppm (m, 8H, CH2), 1.50-1.74 ppm (m, 8H, CH2), 2.60 (m, 4H, 2-Ar—CH2—), 4.13 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H, —CH2O—), 4.15 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H, —CH2O—), 5.81 (dt, J=10.4 Hz, J=1.8 Hz, 2H, 2 CHH═CH—COO—), 6.11 (mc, 2H, 2 CH2═CH—COO—), 6.39 (2 CHH═CH—COO—), 6.78 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H, Ar—H), 7.15 (mc, 4 H, Ar—H).
19F-NMR (CDCl3, 235 MHz)
δ=−60.9 ppm (t, J=26.4 Hz, 2 F, —CF2O—), −112.0 (dt, J=26.4, J=10.0 Hz, 2 F, Ar—F).
The following reactive compounds are obtained analogously.
Phase behaviour: to be determined.
Phase behaviour: Tg −66° C. I.
Phase behaviour: Tg −69° C. I.
Phase behaviour: to be determined.
Phase behaviour: to be determined.
Phase behaviour: to be determined.
Phase behaviour: to be determined.
Phase behaviour: C 128° C. I.
Phase behaviour: Tg −59° C. N −28.5° C. I.
150 g (0.67 mole) 4-bromo-2-fluorobenzoic acid are dissolved in 750 ml dry methanol. 1.865 ml (0.03 mole) sulphuric acid (98.0%) are added in drops. The mixture is heated under reflux for 16 h, left to cool to ambient temperature and the solvent evaporated to yield a slightly yellow residue. The crude product is re-crystallized twice from ethanol.
Step 2.2:
34 g (14 mmole) of the product of the previous step, step 2.1, are dissolved in 365 ml 1,4dioxane. Then 3.13 mg of PdCl2-dppf, 42.522 g bis-(pinacolato)-diborane and 42.023 g potassium acetate are added. The resultant mixture is heated under reflux for 16 h. Then the resultant mixture is allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The product is purified as usual to yield 30 g of slightly yellow crystals.
Step 2.3:
19.692 g of sodium bicarbonate are dissolved in 174 ml water. Subsequently 20.0 g (11 mmole) 4-n-butyl-2-chloro-pyrimidine and 33.621 g (11 mmole) of the product from the previous step, step 2.2, dissolved in 450 ml THF are added. The resultant mixture is stirred and thoroughly degassed. Then 150 mg bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0) in 50 ml THF are added. The mixture is heated under reflux for 16 h. After the resultant mixture has been allowed to cool to ambient temperature water and methyl-tert-butyl (short MtB) ether are added and the phases are separated. The organic phase is dried and the solvent evaporated. The crude product is obtained as a beige coloured solid.
Step 2.4:
16.700 g of the product from the previous step, step 1.3, are dissolved in 500 g ethanol. Then 41.278 ml 2 N aqueous potassium hydroxide (NaOH) are added. The resultant mixture is stirred for 1 h at a temperature of 45° C. After stirring for additional 2 h the reaction is completed. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Then ice water is added leading to an turbid mixture and the pH value is set to 3 to 4 by adding diluted hydrochloric acid and then MtB ether is added. The phases are separated. The organic phase is dried with potassium sulphate and the solvent evaporated. The product is obtained as white crystals resembling cotton wool.
Step 2.5:
169.64 g of 1-bromo-3,5-difluoro-4-trifluoromethylbenzene (C7H2BrF5, from company Fluorochem) are dissolved in 70 ml THF and cooled to a temperature of approximately −5° C. under inert gas (N2). At this temperature 357.50 ml of a solution of iso-propylmagnesium chloride (2.0 mole/I) in THF are slowly added. Then the mixture is stirred at this temperature for 1 h. Then 90.59 ml trimethyl borate in 100 ml THF are added in drops. During the addition the temperature is always kept between 0 and −5° C. Then the mixture is stirred for 30 min. At −5° C. Subsequently the mixture is poured into 410 ml ice cooled hydrochloric acid (10%). The product is extracted with 300 ml heptanes, washed with water and the solvent evaporated. The product obtained is an almost colourless solid.
Step 2.6:
134.00 g of the boronic acid, the product from the previous step, step 2.5, are dissolved in 425 ml THF. Then 73.81 ml acetic acid (100%) are added and the mixture is heated to a temperature of approximately 55° C. At this temperature 74.90 ml aqueous hydrogen peroxide solution (30.0%) is added in drops. The temperature is always kept between 55 and 60° C. during this process. Then the mixture is stirred for 90 min. At a temperature between 55 and 60° C. and subsequently cooled to 15° C. Then 300 ml ice cooled water is added and the resultant mixture acidified with 45 ml hydrochloric acid (25%). The resultant pH is approximately 2. Then further 500 ml water are added. The clear organic phase is separated. The aqueous phase is extracted with 200 ml DCM. The combined organic phases are treated twice with a solution of ammonium iron(II) sulphate, until the aqueous phase does not turn brown any more, then washed once again with water, dried and the solvent evaporated. The raw product is purified by solution in 300 ml MtB ether and addition of 300 ml water. Then solid sodium bicarbonate is added until the aqueous phase is neutral or slightly alkaline. It has a pH of approximately 7 to 8. The organic phase is separated, dried and the solvent evaporated. The product is obtained as a slightly yellow oil.
Step 2.7:
16.394 g of di-iso-propylammonium 3-trifluoromethyl-4,6-difluorophenolate (C7H2F5O*C6H16N) the product of the previous step, step 2.7 and 0.608 g 4-(dimethylamino)-pyridine are dissolved in 70 ml dichloromethane. The mixture is cooled to a temperature of 10° C. Then, under further gentle cooling, 9.805 ml 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyle)-3-ethylcarbodiimide dissolved in 20 ml DCM are added in drops. Subsequently 13.700 g of the product from step 2.4 dissolved in a mixture of 100 ml DCM and 50 ml THF are added in drops over a time span of about 10 minutes while the temperature of the mixture is kept at about 10° C. Then the mixture is stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature, the solvent is evaporated and the product obtained as a slightly coloured solid after usual purification.
The following compounds are prepared analogously.
84.92 g 1-Bromo-3,5-difluor-benzene, 9.69 g PdCl2-dppf, 129.55 g potassium acetate and 167.61 g bis-(pinacolato)-diborane are dissolved in 1,000 ml 1,4-dioxane and heated for 16 h under reflux under inert gas (N2). The crude product is obtained and purified as usual.
Step 3.2:
21.84 g pure solid potassium hydrogen carbonate are dissolved in 200 ml water. Then 22.18 g 5-butyl-2-chloro-pyrimidine and 37.95 g of the product of the previous step, step 3.1, dissolved in 340 ml THF are added. The combined mixture is stirred and thoroughly degassed. Then 166 mg of bis-(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium (0) dissolved in 60 ml THF are added. The resultant mixture is stirred and heated under reflux for 16 h. The product is purified as usual and obtained as colourless crystals.
Step 3.3:
30.80 g of the product of the previous step, step 3.2, are dissolved in 500 ml THF and cooled under inert gas (N2) to a temperature of −70° C. At this temperature 118.38 ml solution of LDA in THF are added in drops. Then the mixture is stirred for 1 h. Subsequently 8.14 g solid carbon dioxide are allowed to evaporate and the gas is led into the reaction vessel slowly. During this process the temperature is always kept below −55° C. After the reaction is completed the cooling is stopped and the reaction mixture allowed to heat up to a temperature of −10° C. Then it is poured into 500 ml of water and acidified with hydrochloric acid. The organic phase is separated, dried and the solvent evaporated. After usual purification the product is obtained as colourless crystals.
Step 3.4:
169.64 g di-iso-propylammonium 3-trifluoromethyl-4,6-difluorophenolate (C7H2BrF5), prepared from the phenol and the base) are dissolved in 70 ml THF and cooled to a temperature of approximately −5° C. under inert gas (N2). At this temperature 357.50 ml of a solution of isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 mole/l) in THF are added in drops. Then the mixture is stirred at this temperature for 1 h. Subsequently 90.59 ml trimethyl borate in 100 ml THF are added in drops. During the addition the temperature is always kept between 0 and −5° C. Then the mixture is stirred for 30 min. at −5° C. After that the mixture is poured into 410 ml ice cooled hydrochloric acid (10%). The product is extracted with 300 ml heptane, washed with water and the solvent evaporated. The product obtained is an almost colourless solid.
Step 3.5:
134.00 g of the boronic acid, the product from the previous step, step 3.4, are dissolved in 425 ml THF. 73.81 ml acetic acid (100%) are added and the mixture is heated to a temperature of approximately 55° C. At this temperature 74.90 ml aqueous hydrogen peroxide solution n(30.0%) is added in drops. The temperature is always kept between 55 and 60° C. during this process. Then the mixture is stirred for 90 min. at a temperature between 55 and 60° C. and subsequently cooled to 15° C. Then 300 ml ice cooled water is added and the resultant mixture acidified with 45 ml hydrochloric acid (25%). The resultant pH is approximately 2. Then further 500 ml water are added. The clear organic phase is separated. The aqueous phase is extracted with 200 ml DCM. The combined organic phases are treated twice with a solution of ammonium iron(II) sulphate, until the aqueous phase does not turn brown any more, then washed once again with water, dried and the solvent evaporated. The raw product is purified by solution in 300 ml MtB ether and addition of 300 ml water. Then solid sodium bicarbonate is added until the aqueous phase is neutral or slightly alkaline (pH of approximately 7 to 8). The organic phase is separated, dried and the solvent evaporated. The product is obtained as a slightly yellow oil.
Step 3.6:
13.99 g of the product of step 3.3 are dissolved in 180 ml DCM and stirred under inert gas (N2). The temperature drops to approximately 18° C. Subsequently 0.567 g 4-(dimethyl-amino)-pyridine (short DMAP) and 3,5-difluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-phenole (the product from the previous step, step 3.5) dissolved in 20 ml DCM are added. A clear solution with a temperature of 19° C. is obtained. Then 10.28 g N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (short DCC) dissolved in 30 ml DCM are added in drops over a time span of 10 min. The temperature rises to approximately 27° C. and a precipitate of dicyclohexylurea forms. The resultant mixture is stirred for 16 h. Then 1.27 g oxalic acid dihydrate are added and the mixture is stirred for another 2 h. The crude product is obtained and purified as usual. After repeated re-crystallisation from 2-propanole the product is obtained in the form of colourless crystals.
The following compounds are prepared analogously.
The following liquid crystalline mixture M-1 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties. The composition and properties are given in the following table.
Composition and properties liquid crystal mixture M-1 |
Composition |
Compound | Conc./ | |
No. | Abbreviation | mass-% |
1 | MGZU-5-T | 10.0 |
2 | PZG-2-N | 12.0 |
3 | GUQU-2-N | 13.0 |
4 | GUQU-3-N | 12.0 |
5 | GUUQU-3-N | 10.0 |
6 | GUUQU-4-N | 10.0 |
7 | GUQGU-2-T | 10.0 |
8 | DUUQU-3-F | 9.0 |
9 | DUUQU-4-F | 9.0 |
10 | DUUQU-5-F | 9.0 |
Σ | 100.0 | |
Physical Properties |
T (N, I) = 67° C. | |
no (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
Δn (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
ε⊥ (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
Δε (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
γ1 (20° C.) = t.b.d. mPa · s | |
Remark: | |
t.b.d.: to be determined |
4.2% of the chiral agent R-5011 are solved in the achiral liquid crystal mixture and the electro-optical response of resultant mixtures in IPS-type cells is investigated. The mixture is filled into an electro optical test cells with inter-digital electrodes on one substrate side. The electrode width is 10 μm, the distance between adjacent electrodes is 10 μm and the cell gap is also 10 μm. These test cells are evaluated electro-optically between crossed polarisers.
Appropriate Concentrations
a) of the chiral dopant R-5011 (Merck KGaA, Germany),
b) of the reactive mesogen of the formula RM-C
respectively, are added to the mixture of interest, here mixture M-1. The resultant mixture is introduced into test cells and heated to an appropriate temperature, at which the mixture is in the blue phase. Then it is exposed to UV.
The mixtures are characterised as described below before the polymerisation. The reactive components are then polymerised in the blue phase by irradiation once (180 s), and the resultant media are recharacterised.
Detailed Description of the Polymerisation
Before the polymerisation of a sample, the phase properties of the medium are established in a test cell having a thickness of about 10 microns and an area of 2×2.5 cm2. The filling is carried out by capillary action at a temperature of 75° C. The measurement is carried out under a polarising microscope with heating stage with a temperature change of 1° C./min.
The polymerisation of the media is carried out by irradiation with a UV lamp (Dymax, Bluewave 200, 365 nm interference filter) having an effective power of about 3.0 mW/cm2 for 180 seconds. The polymerisation is carried out directly in the electro-optical test cell.
The polymerisation is carried out initially at a temperature at which the medium is in the blue phase I (BP-I). The polymerisation is carried out in a plurality of part-steps, which gradually result in complete polymerisation. The temperature range of the blue phase generally changes during the polymerisation. The temperature is therefore adapted between each part-step so that the medium is still in the blue phase. In practice, this can be carried out by observing the sample under the polarising microscope after each irradiation operation of about 5 s or longer. If the sample becomes darker, this indicates a transition into the isotropic phase. The temperature for the next part-step is reduced correspondingly.
The entire irradiation time which results in maximum stabilisation is typically 180 s at the irradiation power indicated. Further polymerisations can be carried out in accordance with an optimised irradiation/temperature programme.
Alternatively, the polymerisation can also be carried out in a single irradiation step, in particular if a broad blue phase is already present before the polymerisation.
Electro-Optical Characterisation
After the above-described polymerisation and stabilisation of the blue phase, the phase width of the blue phase is determined. The electro-optical characterisation is carried out subsequently at various temperatures within and if desired also outside this range.
The test cells used are fitted on one side with interdigital electrodes on the cell surface. The cell gap, the electrode separation and the electrode width are typically each 10 microns. This uniform dimension is referred to below as the gap width. The area covered by electrodes is about 0.4 cm2. The test cells do not have an alignment layer.
For the electro-optical characterisation, the cell is located between crossed polarising filters, where the longitudinal direction of the electrodes adopts an angle of 45° to the axes of the polarising filter. The measurement is carried out using a DMS301 (Autronic-Melchers, Germany) at a right angle to the cell plane, or by means of a highly sensitive camera on the polarising microscope. In the voltage-free state, the arrangement described gives an essentially dark image (definition 0% transmission).
Firstly, the characteristic operating voltages and then the response times are measured on the test cell. The operating voltage is applied to the cell electrodes in the form of rectangular voltage having an alternating sign (frequency 100 Hz) and variable amplitude, as described below.
The transmission is measured while the operating voltage is increased. The attainment of the maximum value of the transmission defines the characteristic quantity of the operating voltage V100. Equally, the characteristic voltage V10 is determined at 10% of the maximum transmission. These values are measured at various temperatures in the range of the blue phase.
Relatively high characteristic operating voltages V100 are observed at the upper and lower end of the temperature range of the blue phase. In the region of the minimum operating voltage, V100 generally only increases slightly with increasing temperature. This temperature range, limited by T1 and T2, is referred to as the usable, flat temperature range (FR). The width of this “flat range” (FR) is (T2−T1) and is known as the width of the flat range (WFR). The precise values of T1 and T2 are determined by the intersections of tangents on the flat curve section FR and the adjacent steep curve sections in the V100/temperature diagram.
In the second part of the measurement, the response times during switching on and off (τon, τoff) are determined. The response time τon is defined by the time to achievement of 90% intensity after application of a voltage at the level of V100 at the selected temperature. The response time τoff is defined by the time until the decrease by 90% starting from maximum intensity at V100 after reduction of the voltage to 0 V. The response time is also determined at various temperatures in the range of the blue phase.
As further characterisation, the transmission at continuously increasing and falling operating voltage between 0 V and V100 is measured at a temperature within the FR. The difference between the two curves is known as hysteresis. The difference in the transmissions at 0.5·V100 and the difference in the voltages at 50% transmission are, for example, characteristic hysteresis values and are known as ΔT50 and ΔV50 respectively.
As a further characteristic quantity, the ratio of the transmission in the voltage-free state before and after passing through a switching cycle can be measured. This transmission ratio is referred to as the “memory effect”. The value of the memory effect is 1.0 in the ideal state. Values above 1 mean that a certain memory effect is present in the form of excessively high residual transmission after the cell has been switched on and off. This value is also determined in the working range of the blue phase (FR).
Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
Sample |
1.1 | 1.2 |
Constituent | Concentration/% | ||
M-1 | 84.6 | 83.6 | |
R-5011 | 4.2 | 4.2 | |
RM-C | 7.5 | 7.5 | |
RM-1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | |
RM-2 | 3.5 | 4.5 | |
IRG-651 ® | 0.2 | 0.2 | |
Σ | 100.0 | 100.0 | |
The results are summarised in the following table.
Mixture |
M-1-1 | M-1-2 | |
Host | M-1 | M-1 | |
Reactive mesogen | RM-2 | RM-2 | |
Transition point before the polymerisation | 32.8 | 30.2 | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | 33.3 | 30.7 | |
V10 (25° C.)/V | 3.7 | 3.8 | |
V50 (25° C.)/V | 6.2 | 8.2 | |
V90 (25° C.)/V | 8.7 | 11.4 | |
V100 (25° C.)/V | 11 | 15 | |
ΔV50 (25° C.)/V | 1.01 | 5.83 | |
τon (25° C.)/ms | 6.62 | 1.73 | |
τoff (25° C.)/ms | 1.11 | 2.66 | |
Remark: t.b.d.: to be determined
Sample |
1.3 | 1.4 |
Constituent | Concentration/% | ||
M-1 | 83.6 | 83.6 | |
R-5011 | 4.2 | 4.2 | |
RM-C | 8.0 | 8.5 | |
RM-1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | |
RM-2 | 4.0 | 3.5 | |
IRG-651 ® | 0.2 | 0.2 | |
Σ | 100.0 | 100.0 | |
Mixture |
M-1-3 | M-1-4 | |
Host | M-1 | M-1 | |
Reactive mesogen | RM-2 | RM-2 | |
Transition point before the polymerisation | 31.0 | 31.5 | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | 31.5 | 32.0 | |
V10 (25° C.)/V | 4.3 | 2.7 | |
V50 (25° C.)/V | 7.9 | 5.1 | |
V90 (25° C.)/V | 11.1 | 7.6 | |
V100 (25° C.)/V | 14 | 10 | |
ΔV50 (25° C.)/V | 3.11 | 1.85 | |
τon (25° C.)/ms | 4.38 | 3.29 | |
τoff (25° C.)/ms | 6.44 | 1.65 | |
Remark: t.b.d.: to be determined
The polymerisable mixture is polymerised in a single irradiation step at a temperature of about 30-50° C. at the lower end of the temperature range of the blue phase. The polymer-stabilised liquid-crystalline media exhibit a blue phase over a broad temperature range.
The polymer-stabilised media M-1-1 to M-1-4 prepared using the monomer (RM-2) according to the invention, exhibit a small hysteresis (ΔV50) and good contrast for switching on and on switching off compared with conventional media from the prior art. In particular, the contrast on switching on and the contrast on switching off are close together in the media M-1-1, M-1-2, M-1-3 and M-1-4 according to the invention, which indicates a very good stabilisation of the blue phase.
It can be seen from this that the monomers according to the invention are particularly suitable for the stabilisation of blue phases, in particular in the case of media having a high concentration of chiral dopant.
The following liquid crystalline mixture (C-1) is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties. The composition and properties are given in the following table.
Composition and properties liquid crystal mixture C-1 |
Composition |
Compound | Conc./ | |
No. | Abbreviation | mass-% |
1 | AUUQU-2-F | 10.0 |
2 | AUUQU-3-F | 11.0 |
3 | AUUQU-4-F | 7.0 |
4 | AUUQU-5-F | 6.0 |
5 | AUUQU-7-F | 7.0 |
6 | AUUQU-3-T | 10.0 |
7 | AUUQU-3-OT | 11.0 |
8 | AGUQU-3-F | 4.0 |
9 | AUUQU-3-N | 5.0 |
10 | PUZU-2-F | 7.0 |
11 | PUZU-3-F | 11.0 |
12 | PUZU-5-F | 11.0 |
Σ | 100.0 | |
Physical Properties |
T (N, I) = 71° C. | |
no (20° C., 589 nm) = 1.4812 | |
Δn (20° C., 589 nm) = 0.1543 | |
ε⊥ (20° C., 1 kHz) = 14.8 | |
Δε (20° C., 1 kHz) = 212 | |
γ1 (30° C.) = 763 mPa · s | |
This mixture is treated and investigated as described in detail under example 1 above.
The results are compiled in the following table.
Mixture |
C-1-1 | C-1-2 | |
Host | C-1 |
Reactive mesogen | RM-1 | RM-2 | |
Measurement values (20° C.) | |||
Transition point before the polymerisation | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V10 (20° C.)/V | 29.8 | 20.8 | |
V50 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V90 (20° C.)/V | 58.6 | 42.0 | |
V100 (20° C.)/V | 67.0 | 47.9 | |
ΔV50 (20° C.)/V | 4.73 | 1.90 | |
Memory effect | 1.04 | 0.99 | |
Remarks: | |||
t.b.d.: to be determined |
The following liquid crystalline mixture (C-2) is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties. The composition and properties are given in the following table.
Composition and properties liquid crystal mixture C-2 |
Composition |
Compound | Conc./ | |
No. | Abbreviation | mass-% |
1 | GUQU-3-F | 5.0 |
2 | GUQU-4-F | 6.0 |
3 | GUQU-5-F | 6.0 |
4 | PUQGU-3-T | 8.0 |
5 | PUQGU-5-T | 8.0 |
6 | GUQGU-2-T | 12.0 |
7 | GUQGU-3-T | 12.0 |
8 | GUQGU-4-T | 14.0 |
9 | GUQGU-5-T | 14.0 |
10 | GUQU-3-N | 5.0 |
11 | GUUQU-3-N | 10.0 |
Σ | 100.0 | |
Physical Properties |
T (N, I) = 65° C. | |
no (20° C., 589 nm) = 1.4831 | |
Δn (20° C., 589 nm) = 0.1859 | |
ε⊥ (20° C., 1 kHz) = 12.9 | |
Δε (20° C., 1 kHz) = 277.8 | |
The results are compiled in the following table.
Mixture |
CM-2-1 | CM-2-2 | |
Host | C-2 |
Reactive mesogen | RM-1 | RM-2 | |
Measurement values (20° C.) | |||
Transition point before the polymerisation | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V10 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | 19.5 | |
V50 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V90 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | 38.2 | |
V100 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | 43.0 | |
ΔV50 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | 2.16 | |
Memory effect | t.b.d. | 1.03 | |
V100 (30° C.)/V | t.b.d. | 52.0 | |
Memory effect | t.b.d. | 1.10 | |
Remarks: | |||
t.b.d.: to be determined |
The following liquid crystalline mixture M-2 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties. The composition and properties are given in the following table.
Composition and properties liquid crystal mixture M-2 |
Composition |
Compound | Conc./ | |
No. | Abbreviation | mass-% |
1 | MGZU-5-T | 12.0 |
2 | PZG-2-N | 8.0 |
3 | GUQU-2-N | 12.0 |
4 | GUQU-3-N | 12.0 |
5 | GUUQU-3-N | 10.0 |
6 | GUUQU-4-N | 10.0 |
7 | GUQGU-2-T | 9.0 |
8 | GUQGU-3-T | 9.0 |
9 | DUUQU-4-F | 9.0 |
10 | DUUQU-5-F | 9.0 |
Σ | 100.0 | |
Physical Properties |
T (N, I) = t.b.d. ° C. | |
no (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
Δn (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
ε⊥ (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
Δε (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
γ1 (20° C.) = t.b.d. mPa · s | |
Remarks: | |
t.b.d.: to be determined |
Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
Sample |
2.1 | 2.2 |
Constituent | Concentration/% | ||
M-2 | 84.6 | 83.6 | |
R-5011 | 4.2 | 4.2 | |
RM-C | 7.5 | 7.5 | |
RM-1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | |
RM-2 | 3.5 | 4.5 | |
IRG-651 ® | 0.2 | 0.2 | |
Σ | 100.0 | 100.0 | |
The results are summarised in the following table.
Mixture |
2.1 | 2.2 | |
Host | M-2 | M-2 | |
Reactive mesogen | RM-2 | RM-2 | |
Transition point before the polymerisation | 34.5 | t.b.d. | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | 35.0 | t.b.d. | |
V10 (25° C.)/V | 3.6 | t.b.d. | |
V50 (25° C.)/V | 6.5 | t.b.d. | |
V90 (25° C.)/V | 9.5 | t.b.d. | |
V100 (25° C.)/V | 12.4 | t.b.d. | |
ΔV50 (25° C.)/V | 1.64 | t.b.d. | |
τon (25° C.)/ms | 6.6 | t.b.d. | |
τoff (25° C.)/ms | 12.9 | t.b.d. | |
Remark: | |||
t.b.d.: to be determined |
The following liquid crystalline mixture M-3 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties. The composition and properties are given in the following table.
Composition and properties liquid crystal mixture M-3 |
Composition |
Compound | Conc./ | |
No. | Abbreviation | mass-% |
1 | MUZU-4-T | 8.0 |
2 | MUZU-5-T | 8.0 |
3 | PZG-2-N | 9.0 |
4 | PZG-3-N | 9.0 |
5 | UM-4-N | 7.0 |
6 | GUUQU-4-N | 8.0 |
7 | GUUQU-5-N | 8.0 |
8 | GUQGU-2-T | 10.0 |
9 | GUQGU-3-T | 10.0 |
10 | DUUQU-3-F | 3.0 |
11 | DUUQU-4-F | 6.0 |
12 | DUUQU-5-F | 6.0 |
13 | DPGU-4-F | 8.0 |
Σ | 100.0 | |
Physical Properties |
T (N, I) = 62.5° C. | |
no (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
Δn (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
ε⊥ (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
Δε (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
γ1 (20° C.) = t.b.d. mPa · s | |
Remarks: | |
t.b.d.: to be determined |
Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
Sample |
3.1 | 3.2 |
Constituent | Concentration/% | ||
M-3 | 82.1 | 83.6 | |
R-5011 | 4.7 | 4.2 | |
RM-C | 8.75 | 7.5 | |
RM-1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | |
RM-2 | 4.25 | 4.5 | |
IRG-651 ® | 0.2 | 0.2 | |
Σ | 100.0 | 100.0 | |
The results are summarised in the following table.
Mixture |
3.1 | 3.2 | |
Host | M-3 | M-3 | |
Reactive mesogen | RM-2 | RM-2 | |
Transition point before the polymerisation | 23.2 | t.b.d. | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | 23.7 | t.b.d. | |
V10 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V50 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V90 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V100 (20° C.)/V | 54 | t.b.d. | |
ΔV50 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
τon (20° C.)/ms | 1.49 | t.b.d. | |
τoff (20° C.)/ms | 1.33 | t.b.d. | |
Memory | 1.01 | t.b.d. | |
Remarks: | |||
t.b.d.: to be determined |
The following liquid crystalline mixture M-4 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties. The composition and properties are given in the following table.
Composition and properties liquid crystal mixture M-4 |
Composition |
Compound | Conc./ | |
No. | Abbreviation | mass-% |
1 | MGZU-4-T | 7.0 |
2 | MGZU-5-T | 7.0 |
3 | PZG-2-N | 10.0 |
4 | PZG-3-N | 10.0 |
5 | UM-4-N | 10.0 |
6 | GUUQU-§-N | 4.0 |
7 | GUUQU-4-N | 4.0 |
8 | GUUQU-5-N | 4.0 |
9 | GUQGU-2-T | 10.0 |
10 | GUQGU-3-T | 10.0 |
11 | DUUQU-3-F | 6.0 |
12 | DUUQU-4-F | 6.0 |
13 | DUUQU-5-F | 6.0 |
14 | DPGU-4-F | 6.0 |
Σ | 100.0 | |
Physical Properties |
T (N, I) = t.b.d. ° C. | |
no (20° C.,589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
Δn (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
ε⊥ (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
Δε (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
γ1 (20° C.) = t.b.d. mPa · s | |
Remarks: | |
t.b.d.: to be determined |
Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
Sample |
4.1 | 4.2 |
Constituent | Concentration/% | ||
M-4 | 82.1 | 83.6 | |
R-5011 | 4.7 | 4.2 | |
RM-C | 8.75 | 7.5 | |
RM-1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | |
RM-2 | 4.25 | 4.5 | |
IRG-651 ® | 0.2 | 0.2 | |
Σ | 100.0 | 100.0 | |
The results are summarised in the following table.
Mixture |
4.1 | 4.2 | |
Host | M-4 | M-4 | |
Reactive mesogen | RM-2 | RM-2 | |
Transition point before the polymerisation | 20.7 | t.b.d. | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | 21.2 | t.b.d. | |
V10 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V50 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V90 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
V100 (20° C.)/V | 53 | t.b.d. | |
ΔV50 (20° C.)/V | t.b.d. | t.b.d. | |
τon (20° C.)/ms | 1.32 | t.b.d. | |
τoff (20° C.)/ms | 1.24 | t.b.d. | |
Memory | 1.02 | t.b.d. | |
Remarks: | |||
t.b.d.: to be determined |
The following liquid crystalline mixture M-5 is prepared and investigated with respect to its general physical properties. The composition and properties are given in the following table.
Composition and properties liquid crystal mixture M-5 |
Composition |
Compound | Conc./ | |
No. | Abbreviation | mass-% |
1 | MGZU-4-T | 6.0 |
2 | MGZU-5-T | 6.0 |
3 | MUZU-4-T | 6.0 |
4 | MUZU-5-T | 6.0 |
5 | PZG-2-N | 10.0 |
6 | PZG-3-N | 10.0 |
7 | PZG-4-N | 12.0 |
8 | GUUQU-3-N | 6.0 |
9 | GUUQU-4-N | 8.0 |
10 | GUUQU-5-N | 8.0 |
11 | PGUQU-3-F | 6.0 |
12 | PGUQU-4-F | 8.0 |
13 | PGUQU-5-F | 8.0 |
Σ | 100.0 | |
Physical Properties |
T (N, I) = 66.5° C. | |
no (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
Δn (20° C., 589 nm) = t.b.d. | |
Δ⊥ (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
Δε (20° C., 1 kHz) = t.b.d. | |
γ1 (20° C.) = t.b.d. mPa · s | |
Remarks: | |
t.b.d.: to be determined |
Typical concentrations of the polymer precursors are as follows.
Sample |
5.1 | 5.2 |
Constituent | Concentration/% | ||
M-5 | 82.1 | 83.6 | |
R-5011 | 4.7 | 4.2 | |
RM-C | 8.75 | 7.5 | |
RM-1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | |
RM-2 | 4.25 | 4.5 | |
IRG-651 ® | 0.2 | 0.2 | |
Σ | 100.0 | 100.0 | |
The results are summarised in the following table.
Mixture |
5.1 | 5.2 | |
Host | M-5 | M-5 | |
Reactive mesogen | RM-2 | RM-2 | |
Transition point before the polymerisation | 28.9 | t.b.d. | |
Polymerisation temperature/° C. | 29.4 | t.b.d. | |
V10 (20° C.)/V | 24.2 | t.b.d. | |
V50 (20° C.)/V | 39.5 | t.b.d. | |
V90 (20° C.)/V | 50.3 | t.b.d. | |
V100 (20° C.)/V | 57 | t.b.d. | |
ΔV50 (20° C.)/V | 1.10 | t.b.d. | |
τon (20° C.)/ms | 2.94 | t.b.d. | |
τoff (20° C.)/ms | 1.77 | t.b.d. | |
Memory | 1.01 | t.b.d. | |
Remarks: | |||
t.b.d.: to be determined |
Claims (17)
3. The mesogenic medium according to claim 2 , further comprising one or more chiral dopants.
4. The mesogenic medium according to claim 2 , further comprising a second component, component B, consisting of one or more compounds selected from formulae I-M and I-U
wherein
R1 is alkyl with 1 to 9 C-atoms, which is straight chain or branched, unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H,
R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms, and
L1 and X1 have the respective meanings given in claim 2 .
5. The mesogenic medium according to claim 2 , further comprising one or more compounds selected from formulae I-A, I-E, I-N and I-T
wherein
R0 is alkyl with 1 to 9 C-atoms, which is straight chain or branched, unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
R1 is alkyl with 1 to 9 C-atoms, which is straight chain or branched, unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H,
R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms, and
L01 to L03, L1, L11 and L12 are independently of one another H or F.
6. The mesogenic medium according to claim 2 , further comprising one or more compounds of formula II
wherein
L21 to L23 are, independently of each other, H or F,
R2 is alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H, and
R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms.
7. The mesogenic according to claim 2 , further comprising one or more compounds of formula III
wherein
R3 is alkyl with 1 to 9 C-atoms, which is straight chain or branched, unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —NR01—, —SiR01R02—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —CY01═CY02— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
Y01 and Y02 are, independently of each other, F, Cl or CN, and alternatively one of them may be H, and
R01 and R02 are, independently of each other, H or alkyl with 1 to 12 C-atoms.
8. The mesogenic medium according to claim 2 , further comprising one or more compounds selected from formulae IV and V
wherein
R4 and R5 are, independently of each other, alkyl, which is straight chain or branched, having 1 to 20 C-atoms, is unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted by F, Cl or CN, and in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally replaced, in each case independently from one another, by —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S— or —C≡C— in such a manner that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
L5 is H or F,
and
n and m are each, independently of one another, 0 or 1.
9. The mesogenic medium according to at least claim 2 , further comprising a polymerisable component, which comprises one or more polymerisable compounds.
10. The mesogenic medium according to claim 2 , further comprising one or more compounds of formula M1
wherein the parameters have the following meanings:
P1 and P2 each, independently of one another, a polymerisable group,
Sp1 and Sp2 each, independently of one another, a single bond or a spacer group, and, wherein alternatively also one or more of P1-Sp1- and P2-Sp2- may be Raa, provided that at least one of P1-Sp1- and P2-Sp2- present in the compound is not Raa,
Raa H, F, Cl, CN or linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 25 C-atoms, wherein one or more non-adjacent —CH2— groups, independently of each another, may be replaced by
—C(R0)═C(R00)—, —C≡C—, —N(R0)—, —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O— in such a way that neither O- nor S-atoms are directly linked to one another, and wherein also one or more H-atoms may be replaced by F, Cl, CN or P1-Sp1-,
R0, R00 each, at each occurrence independently of one another, H or alkyl having 1 to 12 C-atoms,
Ry and Rz each, independently of one another, H, F, CH3 or CF3,
L at each occurrence independently of one another, F, Cl, CN, SCN, SF5 or linear or branched, optionally mono- or poly-fluorinated, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkinyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy having 1 to 12 C-atoms, and
r 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
11. The mesogenic medium according to claim 2 , further comprising one or more compounds of formula M2
wherein the parameters have the following meanings:
P1 and P2 each, independently of one another, a polymerisable group,
Sp1 and Sp2 each, independently of one another, a single bond or a spacer group, and, wherein alternatively also one or more of P1-Sp1- and P2-Sp2- may be Raa, provided that at least one of P1-Sp1- and P2-Sp2- present in the compound is not Raa,
Raa H, F, Cl, CN or linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 25 C-atoms, wherein one or more non-adjacent —CH2— groups, independently of each another, may be replaced by —C(R0)═C(R00)—, —C≡C—, —N(R0)—, —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O— in such a way that neither O- nor S-atoms are directly linked to one another, and wherein also one or more H-atoms may be replaced by F, Cl, CN or P1-Sp1-,
R0, R00 each, at each occurrence independently of one another, H or alkyl having 1 to 12 C-atoms,
Ry and Rz each, independently of one another, H, F, CH3 or CF3,
L at each occurrence independently of one another, F, Cl, CN, SCN, SF5 or linear or branched, optionally mono- or poly-fluorinated, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkinyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy having 1 to 12 C-atoms, and
r 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
12. A method of stabilisation of a mesogenic medium, said method comprising subjecting a medium according to claim 9 to polymerisation of its polymerisable constituents.
13. A mesogenic medium stabilized by polymerisation of the polymerisable constituents of a medium according to claim 9 .
14. A light modulation element comprising a medium according to claim 2 .
15. An electro-optical display comprising a medium according to claim 2 .
16. A method of modulating light comprising applying a voltage to a light modulation element according to claim 14 .
17. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1 is n-alkyl and X1 is CF3.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP13002073.8 | 2013-04-19 | ||
EP13002073 | 2013-04-19 | ||
EP13002073 | 2013-04-19 | ||
PCT/EP2014/000764 WO2014169985A1 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2014-03-21 | Mesogenic compound, liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20160115388A1 US20160115388A1 (en) | 2016-04-28 |
US9809749B2 true US9809749B2 (en) | 2017-11-07 |
Family
ID=48143046
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/785,500 Active US9809749B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2014-03-21 | Mesogenic compound, liquid-crystal medium and liquid crystal display |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US9809749B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2986688B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP6389509B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20150144787A (en) |
CN (1) | CN105121596B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI643938B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014169985A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10392561B2 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2019-08-27 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Bimesogenic compounds and mesogenic media |
Families Citing this family (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN104610976B (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2017-01-25 | 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 | Liquid crystal compound and liquid crystal mixture containing same |
US10982149B2 (en) | 2015-10-06 | 2021-04-20 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Chiral compounds |
CN109642160A (en) * | 2016-08-24 | 2019-04-16 | 默克专利股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal media and liquid crystal display |
JP6942457B2 (en) * | 2016-10-25 | 2021-09-29 | Jnc株式会社 | Liquid crystal media, optical devices and liquid crystal compounds |
WO2018215393A1 (en) * | 2017-05-24 | 2018-11-29 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid-crystal media and pnlc light modulation element |
CN109097067B (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2021-12-21 | 江苏和成显示科技有限公司 | Liquid crystal composition and application thereof in liquid crystal display device |
KR20190076882A (en) * | 2017-12-22 | 2019-07-02 | 메르크 파텐트 게엠베하 | Liquid crystalline medium and liquid crystal display |
TW202102651A (en) | 2019-07-10 | 2021-01-16 | 日商Dic股份有限公司 | Cholesteric liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element having high dielectric anisotropy and refractive index anisotropy |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS61167671A (en) | 1985-01-18 | 1986-07-29 | Chisso Corp | 4-(5-alkylpyrimidin-2-yl)benzoic acid-4'-cyano-3'-halogenophenyl |
EP0456235A2 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-11-13 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Chiral smectic liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal device, display apparatus and display method |
US20060050354A1 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2006-03-09 | Michael Heckmeier | Electrooptical light modulating element, electrooptical display and modulating medium |
WO2009139330A1 (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | チッソ株式会社 | Optically isotropic liquid crystalline medium, and optical element |
US20110242473A1 (en) | 2008-11-19 | 2011-10-06 | Jnc Corporation | Optically isotropic liquid crystal medium and optical device |
CN102597862A (en) | 2009-08-28 | 2012-07-18 | 国立大学法人九州大学 | Liquid-crystal display element and substrate used in same |
WO2012100809A1 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2012-08-02 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid-crystalline compounds and liquid-crystalline media |
WO2012163478A1 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2012-12-06 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal media and liquid crystal displays |
WO2013017197A1 (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2013-02-07 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display |
US20150301344A1 (en) * | 2012-11-27 | 2015-10-22 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Lens element |
Family Cites Families (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE3534778A1 (en) | 1985-09-30 | 1987-04-02 | Hoechst Ag | CHIRAL ESTER OF MESOGENIC CARBONIC ACIDS, A METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE AS A DOPER IN LIQUID CRYSTAL PHASES |
DE3534780A1 (en) | 1985-09-30 | 1987-04-02 | Hoechst Ag | Chiral phenol esters of mesogenic carboxylic acids, a process for the preparation thereof and the use thereof as dopes in liquid-crystal phases |
DE3534777A1 (en) | 1985-09-30 | 1987-04-02 | Hoechst Ag | LIQUID CRYSTAL PHASE WITH DOPERATING EFFECT |
DE4342280A1 (en) | 1993-12-11 | 1995-06-14 | Basf Ag | Polymerizable chiral compounds and their use |
DE19541820A1 (en) | 1995-11-09 | 1997-05-15 | Consortium Elektrochem Ind | Liquid crystalline organosiloxanes containing chiral dianhydrohexite derivatives |
DE19913604A1 (en) | 1999-03-25 | 2000-09-28 | Basf Ag | Chiral compounds and their use as chiral dopants for the production of cholesteric liquid-crystalline compositions |
WO2002006196A1 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2002-01-24 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Chiral compounds i |
ATE372314T1 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2007-09-15 | Merck Patent Gmbh | CHIRAL COMPOUNDS II |
AU2001281885A1 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2002-01-30 | Merck Patent G.M.B.H | Chiral compounds iii |
ATE269856T1 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2004-07-15 | Merck Patent Gmbh | CHIRAL BINAPHTOL COMPOUNDS |
JP4651268B2 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2011-03-16 | メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | ELECTRO-OPTICAL LIGHT CONTROL ELEMENT, DISPLAY AND MEDIUM |
DE10241301A1 (en) | 2002-09-04 | 2004-03-18 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Electrooptic light control element and display and medium for television and computer screens has temperature driven control mechanism |
DE10253606A1 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2004-05-27 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Electro-optical light control element used in an electro-optical display system comprises one or more substrate, an electrode arrangement, one or more elements for polarizing light, and a control medium |
JP4747257B2 (en) | 2003-06-03 | 2011-08-17 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystalline compound having unsaturated bond and polymer thereof |
US7070838B2 (en) | 2003-06-23 | 2006-07-04 | Chisso Petrochemical Corporation | Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystal composition and their polymers |
DE102008016053A1 (en) | 2007-04-24 | 2008-10-30 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid-crystalline medium and liquid-crystal display |
JP2009265317A (en) | 2008-04-24 | 2009-11-12 | Fujifilm Corp | Vertical alignment layer, and va mode liquid crystal cell |
JP2010083947A (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2010-04-15 | Fujifilm Corp | Liquid crystal composition and retardation film |
-
2014
- 2014-03-21 WO PCT/EP2014/000764 patent/WO2014169985A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-03-21 US US14/785,500 patent/US9809749B2/en active Active
- 2014-03-21 EP EP14711919.2A patent/EP2986688B1/en active Active
- 2014-03-21 KR KR1020157032956A patent/KR20150144787A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2014-03-21 JP JP2016508029A patent/JP6389509B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2014-03-21 CN CN201480021389.6A patent/CN105121596B/en active Active
- 2014-04-18 TW TW103114285A patent/TWI643938B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (19)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4756847A (en) | 1985-01-18 | 1988-07-12 | Chisso Corporation | 4'-cyano-3'-halogenophenyl 4-(5-substituted-pyrimidin-2-yl)benzoate derivatives and liquid crystal composition comprising same |
JPS61167671A (en) | 1985-01-18 | 1986-07-29 | Chisso Corp | 4-(5-alkylpyrimidin-2-yl)benzoic acid-4'-cyano-3'-halogenophenyl |
EP0456235A2 (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-11-13 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Chiral smectic liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal device, display apparatus and display method |
US20060050354A1 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2006-03-09 | Michael Heckmeier | Electrooptical light modulating element, electrooptical display and modulating medium |
US8475887B2 (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2013-07-02 | Jnc Corporation | Optically isotropic liquid crystal medium, and optical device |
WO2009139330A1 (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | チッソ株式会社 | Optically isotropic liquid crystalline medium, and optical element |
US20110069245A1 (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2011-03-24 | Chisso Petrochemical Corporation | Optically isotropic liquid crystalline medium, and optical element |
EP2302015A1 (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2011-03-30 | Chisso Corporation | Optically isotropic liquid crystalline medium, and optical element |
US20110242473A1 (en) | 2008-11-19 | 2011-10-06 | Jnc Corporation | Optically isotropic liquid crystal medium and optical device |
CN102597862A (en) | 2009-08-28 | 2012-07-18 | 国立大学法人九州大学 | Liquid-crystal display element and substrate used in same |
US20130021546A1 (en) | 2009-08-28 | 2013-01-24 | Kyushu University, National University Corporation | Liquid-crystal display element and substrate used in same |
US20150185512A1 (en) | 2009-08-28 | 2015-07-02 | Kyushu University, National University Corporation | Liquid-crystal display element and substrate used in same |
WO2012100809A1 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2012-08-02 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid-crystalline compounds and liquid-crystalline media |
US20130306908A1 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2013-11-21 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid-crystalline compounds and liquid-crystalline media |
WO2012163478A1 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2012-12-06 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal media and liquid crystal displays |
US9315729B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2016-04-19 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal media and liquid crystal displays |
WO2013017197A1 (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2013-02-07 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display |
US20140158934A1 (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2014-06-12 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display |
US20150301344A1 (en) * | 2012-11-27 | 2015-10-22 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Lens element |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
English translation of Chinese Search Report dated Feb. 20, 2017 issued in corresponding CN application 201480021389.6 (pp. 1-8). |
International Search Report dated Jun. 6, 2014 issued in corresponding PCT/EP2014/000764 application (pp. 1-3). |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10392561B2 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2019-08-27 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Bimesogenic compounds and mesogenic media |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2014169985A1 (en) | 2014-10-23 |
TWI643938B (en) | 2018-12-11 |
JP2016523816A (en) | 2016-08-12 |
CN105121596B (en) | 2021-03-12 |
US20160115388A1 (en) | 2016-04-28 |
TW201446942A (en) | 2014-12-16 |
CN105121596A (en) | 2015-12-02 |
EP2986688A1 (en) | 2016-02-24 |
EP2986688B1 (en) | 2017-04-19 |
JP6389509B2 (en) | 2018-09-12 |
KR20150144787A (en) | 2015-12-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8659737B2 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display | |
US10450509B2 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid display | |
US9822305B2 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display | |
US9809749B2 (en) | Mesogenic compound, liquid-crystal medium and liquid crystal display | |
US9862887B2 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display | |
US9938464B2 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display | |
US9120969B2 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display | |
EP2753675B1 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display | |
US9475990B2 (en) | Liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal display |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: MERCK PATENT GMBH, GERMANY Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WITTEK, MICHAEL;BREMER, MATTHIAS;TAUGERBECK, ANDREAS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20150713 TO 20150818;REEL/FRAME:036823/0168 |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |